FILE NO 1-9945

 

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

 

WASHINGTON   DC   20549

 


 

FORM 6-K

 

REPORT OF FOREIGN ISSUER

 

Pursuant to Rule 13a-16 or 15d-16 of

the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

 

For the month of May 2006

 

National Australia Bank Limited

ACN 004 044 937

(Registrant’s Name)

 

Level 24

500 Bourke Street

MELBOURNE VICTORIA 3000

AUSTRALIA

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant files or will file annual reports under cover of Form 20-F or Form 40-F.

 

Form 20-F

 ý

 

Form 40-F

 o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant by furnishing the information contained in this Form is also thereby furnishing the information to the Commission pursuant to Rule 12g3-2(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

Yes

 o

 

No

 ý

 

If “Yes” is marked, indicate below the file number assigned to the registrant in connection with Rule 12g3-2(b): 82

 

 



 

 

Group Corporate Affairs

 

 

500 Bourke Street, Melbourne

 

 

Victoria 3000

 

 

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

www.nabgroup.com

 

 

 

 

 

ABN 12 004 044 937

ASX Announcement

 

 

Monday, 8th May 2006

 

National releases Template for Half Year Results and AIFRS Transition Report

 

National will report its results for the six months ended 31 March 2006 on Thursday 11 May 2006.  These will be reported for the first time under Australian equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards (AIFRS).

 

In order to assist users with the task of interpreting the way comparative information will be presented, a template for the results announcement is being released today.  This template will provide the intended format of the results announcement, together with comparative financial information prepared on an AIFRS basis.  It will also include details of the accounting policies that have been adopted by National under AIFRS from 1 October 2005.

 

An AIFRS Transition Report is being released together with the template.  This will include explanatory information relating to the AIFRS transition, including reconciliations of previously reported financial results, balance sheet reconciliations and other key areas of AIFRS focus for the March 2006 result.

 

For further information:

 

Brandon Phillips
Group Manager, External Relations
T 03 8641 3857
M 0419 369 058

 

Hany Messieh
Head of Investor Relations
T 03 8641 2312
M 0414 446 876

 

 

 

Kim Lovely
External Relations Manager
T 03 8641 4982
M 0406 035 243

 

 

 

 



 

 

RESULTS FOR THE HALF YEAR ENDED

31 MARCH 2006 INCORPORATING 31 MARCH 2005

AND 30 SEPTEMBER 2005

 

AIFRS COMPARATIVES

 



 

National Australia Bank Limited

ABN 12 004 044 937

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Section 1 - Media Release [to be inserted on May 11 2006]

 

 

 

Section 2 - Selected Financial Data

3

Divisional Performance Summary

4

Group Key Performance Measures

5

Cash Earnings AIFRS Reconciliation

7

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

8

 

 

Section 3 - Financial Review

10

Divisional Cash Earnings

11

Total Australia

13

- Australian Banking

13

- Wealth Management Australia

15

Total UK

16

Total New Zealand

19

Institutional Markets & Services

21

Other (incl. Group Funding & Corporate Centre)

23

 

 

Section 4 - Report on Group Operations & Results

24

 

 

Section 5 - Detailed Financial Information

25

Condensed Consolidated Income Statement

26

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet

27

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Recognised Income and Expense

28

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

29

Notes to the Half Year Financial Report

 

1.

Principal Accounting Policies

31

2

Segment Information

66

3.

Revenue

67

4.

Operating Expenses

68

5.

Income Tax Expense

69

6.

Dividends and Distributions

70

7.

Gross Loans, Advances & Acceptances

71

8.

Doubtful Debts

73

9.

Asset Quality

74

10.

Details of Associates and Joint Venture Entities

76

11.

Details of Controlled Entities Acquired or Disposed of During the Period

76

12.

Deposits & Other Borrowings

77

13.

Contributed Equity and Reserves

78

14.

Notes to the Statement of Cash Flows

81

15.

Contingent Liabilities

83

16.

Disposal Groups Classified as Held for Sale

83

17.

Subsequent Events

84

 

 

Section 6 - Supplementary information

85

 

2



 

SECTION 2

 

RESULTS FOR THE HALF YEAR ENDED

 

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

 

3



 

Divisional Performance Summary

 

DIVISIONAL PERFORMANCE SUMMARY

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Fav / (Unfav)
Change on

 

 

 

Mar 06

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

%

 

Cash earnings (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australian Banking

 

 

 

882

 

965

 

 

 

 

 

Wealth Management Australia

 

 

 

202

 

201

 

 

 

 

 

Asia Banking & Wealth Management

 

 

 

15

 

14

 

 

 

 

 

Total Australia

 

 

 

1,099

 

1,180

 

 

 

 

 

Total UK

 

 

 

229

 

307

 

 

 

 

 

Total New Zealand

 

 

 

164

 

153

 

 

 

 

 

Institutional Markets & Services

 

 

 

279

 

298

 

 

 

 

 

Other (incl. Group Funding & Corporate Centre)

 

 

 

(61

)

(191

)

 

 

 

 

Cash earnings before significant items and distributions

 

 

 

1,710

 

1,747

 

 

 

 

 

Distributions

 

 

 

(109

)

(95

)

 

 

 

 

Cash earnings before significant items

 

 

 

1,601

 

1,652

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted av no. of ordinary shares (million)

 

 

 

1,563

 

1,555

 

 

 

 

 

Cash earnings per share before significant items (cents)

 

 

 

102.5

 

106.2

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted cash earnings per share before significant items (cents)

 

 

 

102.2

 

105.0

 

 

 

 

 

Reconciliation to net profit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash earnings before significant items

 

 

 

1,601

 

1,652

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Significant items after tax

 

 

 

(380

)

1,058

 

 

 

 

 

Cash earnings after significant items

 

 

 

1,221

 

2,710

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net profit attributable to minority interest

 

 

 

456

 

154

 

 

 

 

 

Distributions

 

 

 

109

 

95

 

 

 

 

 

Treasury shares after tax

 

 

 

(96

)

(47

)

 

 

 

 

Net profit

 

 

 

1,690

 

2,912

 

 

 

 

 

Net profit attributable to minority interest

 

 

 

(456

)

(154

)

 

 

 

 

Net profit attributable to members of the Company

 

 

 

1,234

 

2,758

 

 

 

 

 

Distributions

 

 

 

(109

)

(95

)

 

 

 

 

Earnings attributable to ordinary shareholders

 

 

 

1,125

 

2,663

 

 

 

 

 

 


(1)       Cash earnings is a performance measure used by the management of the Group. Refer to ‘Non-GAAP financial measures’ within Section 2 - “Selected Financial Data” for a complete discussion of cash earnings.

 

4



 

Group Key Performance Measures

 

GROUP KEY PERFORMANCE MEASURES

 

 

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

 

 

Note

 

Mar 06

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

Earnings per share (cents)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic cash earnings per ordinary share before significant items

 

Supp 7

 

 

 

102.5

 

106.2

 

Diluted cash earnings per share before significant items

 

Supp 7

 

 

 

102.2

 

105.0

 

Basic cash earnings per ordinary share after significant items

 

 

 

 

 

78.2

 

174.2

 

Basic earnings per ordinary share after significant items (1)

 

Supp 7

 

 

 

73.0

 

173.5

 

Weighted average ordinary shares (no. million)

 

Supp 7

 

 

 

1,541

 

1,535

 

Weighted average diluted shares (no. million)

 

Supp 7

 

 

 

1,545

 

1,603

 

Net tangible assets per ordinary share ($)

 

 

 

 

 

10.54

 

10.76

 

Dividends per share (cents)

 

6

 

 

 

83

 

83

 

Performance (2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Return on average equity before significant items

 

 

 

 

 

14.0

%

15.6

%

Cash earnings on average equity before significant items

 

 

 

 

 

14.9

%

16.0

%

Return on average assets before significant items

 

 

 

 

 

0.70

%

0.74

%

Net interest income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest spread

 

Supp 1

 

 

 

1.68

%

1.70

%

Net interest margin

 

Supp 1

 

 

 

2.14

%

2.12

%

Profitability (before significant items)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash earnings per average FTE ($’000)

 

 

 

 

 

81

 

78

 

Banking cost to income ratio (3)

 

 

 

 

 

59.9

%

58.6

%

 

 

 

 

 

As at

 

 

 

 

 

31 Mar 06

 

30 Sep 05

 

31 Mar 05

 

Capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 ratio

 

Supp 3

 

 

 

7.86

%

8.30

%

Tier 2 ratio

 

Supp 3

 

 

 

3.60

%

4.12

%

Deductions

 

Supp 3

 

 

 

(1.01

)%

(1.05

)%

Total capital ratio

 

Supp 3

 

 

 

10.45

%

11.37

%

Adjusted common equity ratio

 

Supp 3

 

 

 

5.49

%

5.84

%

Assets ($bn)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross loans and acceptances (6) (7)

 

 

 

 

 

297

 

277

 

Risk-weighted assets

 

Supp 3

 

 

 

290

 

279

 

Asset quality

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross non-accrual loans to gross loans and acceptances (4) (7)

 

9

 

 

 

0.34

%

0.40

%

Net impaired assets to total equity (parent entity interest)

 

9

 

 

 

2.8

%

3.0

%

Collective provision to total risk weighted assets (5)

 

9

 

 

 

0.71

%

0.73

%

Collective provision to credit risk weighted assets (5)

 

9

 

 

 

0.75

%

0.76

%

Specific provision to gross impaired assets

 

9

 

 

 

34.9

%

34.9

%

Total provision to gross impaired assets (5)

 

9

 

 

 

235.8

%

216.8

%

Other information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Funds under management and administration ($bn)

 

 

 

 

 

91

 

85

 

Assets under custody and administration ($bn)

 

 

 

 

 

410

 

372

 

Full-time equivalent employees (no.)

 

Supp 5

 

 

 

38,933

 

39,961

 

 


(1)       Basic earnings are defined as “Earnings attributable to ordinary shareholders”.

(2)       “Return” calculations use “Earnings attributable to ordinary shareholders”.

(3)       Refer to ‘Non-GAAP financial measures’ within Section 2 - Selected Financial Data for a discussion of the cost to income ratio.

(4)       Non-accrual loans are those loans meeting the APRA definition and consist of: retail loans (excluding credit card loans and portfolio managed facilities) which are contractually past due 90 days with security insufficient to cover principal and arrears of interest revenue; non retail loans which are contractually past due and there is sufficient doubt about the ultimate collectibility of principal and interest to warrant the cessation of the recognition of interest revenue; and impaired off-balance sheet credit exposures where current circumstances indicate that losses may be incurred. Unsecured portfolio managed facilities whereby they become non accrual at 180 days.

(5)       For Asset Quality disclosure purposes provision includes credit adjustment to the Group’s entire loan book (ie. both loans recorded at amortised cost and fair value). This differs to the approach required for the statutory financial statements.

(6)       31 March 2006 includes acceptances bought back by the Group (classified as Trading Securities in comparative periods).

(7)       Excludes securitised loans.

 

5



 

 

 

AIFRS

 

AGAAP

 

Movement

 

 

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

Earnings per share (cents)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic cash earnings per ordinary share before significant items

 

102.5

 

106.2

 

108.3

 

104.0

 

(5.8

)

2.2

 

Diluted cash earnings per share before significant items

 

102.2

 

105.0

 

107.1

 

103.0

 

(4.9

)

2.0

 

Basic cash earnings per ordinary share after significant items

 

78.2

 

174.2

 

79.5

 

156.8

 

(1.3

)

17.4

 

Basic earnings per ordinary share after significant items

 

73.0

 

173.5

 

95.2

 

156.9

 

(22.2

)

16.6

 

Weighted average ordinary shares (no. million)

 

1,541

 

1,535

 

1,563

 

1,555

 

(22

)

(20

)

Weighted average diluted shares (no. million)

 

1,545

 

1,603

 

1,629

 

1,622

 

(84

)

(19

)

Net tangible assets per ordinary share ($)

 

10.54

 

10.76

 

11.60

 

11.82

 

(1.06

)

(1.06

)

Dividends per share (cents)

 

83

 

83

 

83

 

83

 

 

 

Performance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Return on average equity before significant items

 

14.0

%

15.6

%

16.2

%

14.0

%

-220

bps

160

bps

Cash earnings on average equity before significant items

 

14.9

%

16.0

%

14.0

%

14.0

%

90

bps

200

bps

Return on average assets before significant items

 

0.70

%

0.74

%

0.91

%

0.76

%

-21

bps

-2

bps

Net interest income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest spread

 

1.68

%

1.70

%

1.69

%

1.74

%

-1

bps

-4

bps

Net interest margin

 

2.14

%

2.12

%

2.20

%

2.19

%

-6

bps

-7

bps

Profitability (before significant items)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash earnings per average FTE ($’000)

 

81

 

78

 

86

 

76

 

(5

)

2

 

Banking cost to income ratio

 

59.9

%

58.6

%

58.1

%

57.4

%

180

bps

120

bps

 

 

 

AIFRS

 

AGAAP

 

Movement

 

 

 

Sep-05

 

Mar-05

 

Sep-05

 

Mar-05

 

Sep-05

 

Mar-05

 

Capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 ratio

 

7.86

%

8.30

%

7.86

%

8.30

%

0

bps

0

bps

Tier 2 ratio

 

3.60

%

4.12

%

3.60

%

4.12

%

0

bps

0

bps

Deductions

 

(1.01

)%

(1.05

)%

(1.01

)%

(1.05

)%

0

bps

0

bps

Total capital ratio

 

10.45

%

11.37

%

10.45

%

11.37

%

0

bps

0

bps

Adjusted common equity ratio

 

5.49

%

5.84

%

5.49

%

5.84

%

0

bps

0

bps

Assets ($bn)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross loans and acceptances

 

297

 

277

 

292

 

273

 

5

 

4

 

Risk-weighted assets

 

290

 

279

 

290

 

279

 

 

 

Asset quality

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross non-accrual loans to gross loans and acceptances

 

0.34

%

0.40

%

0.35

%

0.41

%

-1

bps

-1

bps

Net impaired assets to total equity (parent entity interest)

 

2.8

%

3.0

%

2.5

%

2.7

%

30

bps

30

bps

Collective provision to risk weighted assets

 

0.71

%

0.73

%

0.71

%

0.73

%

0

bps

0

bps

Specific provision to gross impaired assets

 

34.9

%

34.9

%

34.9

%

34.9

%

0

bps

0

bps

Total provision to gross impaired assets

 

235.8

%

216.8

%

235.8

%

216.8

%

0

bps

0

bps

Other information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Funds under management and administration ($bn)

 

91

 

85

 

91

 

85

 

 

 

Assets under custody and administration ($bn)

 

410

 

372

 

410

 

372

 

 

 

Full-time equivalent employees (no.)

 

38,933

 

39,961

 

38,933

 

39,961

 

 

 

 

6



 

Cash Earnings AIFRS Reconciliation

 

CASH EARNINGS AIFRS RECONCILIATION

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

 

 

HY Sep 05

 

HY Mar 05

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash earnings before significant items - AGAAP

 

1,692

 

1,618

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AIFRS measurement adjustments impacting cash earnings include:-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Defined benefit pension plans (before tax)

 

15

 

12

 

Share-based payments (before tax)

 

(60

)

(37

)

Finance leases (before tax)

 

(5

)

15

 

Taxation

 

(44

)

29

 

Other (before tax)

 

3

 

15

 

Cash earnings before significant items - AIFRS

 

1,601

 

1,652

 

 

For a detailed explanation of AGAAP to AIFRS adjustments refer to Note 1(a) and 1(b) in Section 5 - Detailed Financial Information.

 

7



 

Report on Group Operations & Results

 

NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES

 

Cash earnings

 

Cash earnings is defined as follows:

 

Net profit

 

 

Less:

Minority interests

Minority interests – Life businesses

Distributions

Revaluation gains/losses on exchangeable capital units

Treasury shares

 

Add:

Impairment of goodwill

 

 

Cash earnings

 

 

Cash earnings is a key performance measure and financial target used by the Group. Dividends paid by the Company are based on after-tax cash earnings (adjusted for significant items).

 

Cash earnings is a key performance measure used by the investment community, as well as by those Australian peers of the Group with a similar business portfolio.

 

Cash earnings does not refer to, or in any way purport to represent the cash flows, funding or liquidity position of the Group. It does not refer to any amount represented on a Cash Flow Statement.

 

Adjustments are made between net profit and cash earnings as follows:

 

                  Minority interests – reflects the allocation of profit to minority interests in the Group, and is adjusted from net profit to reflect the amount of net profit that is attributable to ordinary shareholders

 

                  Minority interests Life Businesses – reflects the allocation of profit to controlled unit trusts of life companies

 

                  Distributions – this reflects payments to holders of National Income Securities, Trust Preferred Securities, and Trust Preferred Securities II, and is adjusted from net profit to reflect the amount of net profit that is attributable to ordinary shareholders

 

                  Revaluation gains/losses on exchangeable capital units – the Group’s exposure to foreign exchange risk is eliminated through the existence of certain conversion features that convert the ExCaps to equity at predetermined exchange rates

 

                  Treasury shares – relates to the movement in treasury share assets (direct investments in National Australia Bank Limited) caused by the movement in the share price

 

                  Impairment of goodwill - relates to the impairment expense recognised on the application of an annual impairment test. Financial statement users generally do not regard impairment of goodwill as being useful information in analysing investments. As it relates to an intangible asset, management believes it is prudent to isolate this amount from the underlying operating result.

 

In future periods, adjustments will also be made for changes in the value of insurance related acquisition costs that result from discount rate variations. (No adjustment for this is proposed to be made in the 31 March 2006 half year as the amount is insignificant).

 

Cash earnings before significant items and Net profit before significant items

 

Under Australian accounting standards AASB101(83) additional line items shall be presented when such presentation is relevant to an understanding of the entity’s performance. For example, where a revenue or an expense from ordinary activities is of such a size, nature or incidence that its disclosure is relevant in explaining the financial performance of the entity for the reporting period and its disclosure is not otherwise required by this or another Standard, its nature and amount must be disclosed separately either on the face of the statement of financial performance or in the notes in the financial report.

 

The Group has identified items as ‘significant items’ where management believes that the inclusion of these items distorts the underlying operating results of the Group and cause difficulty in identifying underlying performance trends and issues. Through the clear separation and identification of these items the Group ensures that they are identified and discussed in full, as well as ensuring that the underlying performance is highlighted and discussed in full.

 

8



 

Cost to income ratio

 

The cost to income ratio for the Banking operations (excluding Wealth Management) is calculated as total costs (defined in table below) divided by total income (defined in table below):

 

Total expenses

Less:

Interest expense

Life insurance expenses

Depreciation on leased vehicle assets

Impairment of goodwill

Charge to provide for doubtful debts

Significant expenses

 

Total costs for purposes of cost to income ratio

 

 

Total revenue

Less:

Interest expense

Life insurance income

Depreciation on leased vehicle assets

Significant revenue

 

Total income for purposes of cost to income ratio

 

 

The cost to income ratio calculated on this basis is a standard efficiency measure used widely across the Australian banking industry. In the above income calculation, the Group does not include net life insurance income and the pre-tax equivalent gross up of certain structured finance transactions.

 

9



 

SECTION 3

 

RESULTS FOR THE HALF YEAR ENDED

 

FINANCIAL REVIEW

 

10



 

Financial Review: Divisional Cash Earnings

 

DIVISIONAL CASH EARNINGS

 

Half Year ended

 

 

 

Total Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

30 September 2005

 

Note

 

Banking

 

WM

 

Asia

 

Total UK

 

Total NZ

 

IMS

 

Other(1)

 

Eliminations

 

Group

 

 

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Net interest income

 

 

 

1,958

 

 

13

 

813

 

372

 

244

 

72

 

 

3,472

 

Net life insurance income excluding IORE (2)

 

 

 

 

1,026

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,031

 

Investment earnings on shareholders retained profits & capital (IORE)

 

 

 

 

72

 

8

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

83

 

Other operating income

 

 

 

1,351

 

330

 

10

 

631

 

260

 

423

 

90

 

(108

)

2,987

 

Net operating income

 

 

 

3,309

 

1,428

 

36

 

1,444

 

635

 

667

 

162

 

(108

)

7,573

 

Operating expenses (3)

 

 

 

(1,875

)

(354

)

(21

)

(967

)

(367

)

(372

)

(245

)

108

 

(4,093

)

Underlying profit

 

 

 

1,434

 

1,074

 

15

 

477

 

268

 

295

 

(83

)

 

3,480

 

Charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

 

 

(127

)

 

 

(126

)

(26

)

24

 

2

 

 

(253

)

Cash earnings before tax

 

 

 

1,307

 

1,074

 

15

 

351

 

242

 

319

 

(81

)

 

3,227

 

Income tax expense

 

 

 

(425

)

(418

)

2

 

(122

)

(78

)

(40

)

20

 

 

(1,061

)

Cash earnings before significant items, distributions and Minority Interest

 

 

 

882

 

656

 

17

 

229

 

164

 

279

 

(61

)

 

2,166

 

Net profit - Minority Interest

 

 

 

 

(454

)

(2

)

 

 

 

 

 

(456

)

Cash earnings before significant items and distributions

 

 

 

882

 

202

 

15

 

229

 

164

 

279

 

(61

)

 

1,710

 

Distributions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(109

)

Cash earnings before significant items

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,601

 

 


(1)  Other includes Group Funding, Corporate Centre and elimination entries within Total Australia.

(2)  Net life insurance income is the profit before tax of the life insurance and investment businesses of the statutory funds of the life insurance companies of the Group (excluding net interest income and investment earnings on shareholders retained profits & capital (IORE) of the life insurance businesses).

(3)  Operating expenses excludes the life insurance expenses incorporated within net life insurance income (Wealth Management businesses only).

 

11



 

Half Year ended

 

 

 

Total Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

31 March 2005

 

Note

 

Banking

 

WM

 

Asia

 

Total UK

 

Total NZ

 

IMS

 

Other(1)

 

Eliminations

 

Group

 

 

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Net interest income

 

 

 

1,854

 

5

 

12

 

981

 

367

 

258

 

(5

)

 

3,472

 

Net life insurance income excluding IORE (2)

 

 

 

 

472

 

14

 

 

9

 

 

 

 

495

 

Investment earnings on shareholders retained profits & capital (IORE)

 

 

 

 

52

 

10

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

63

 

Other operating income

 

 

 

1,271

 

328

 

4

 

618

 

262

 

504

 

41

 

(125

)

2,903

 

Net operating income

 

 

 

3,125

 

857

 

40

 

1,599

 

639

 

762

 

36

 

(125

)

6,933

 

Operating expenses (3)

 

 

 

(1,642

)

(303

)

(18

)

(1,066

)

(401

)

(370

)

(227

)

125

 

(3,902

)

Underlying profit

 

 

 

1,483

 

554

 

22

 

533

 

238

 

392

 

(191

)

 

3,031

 

Charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

 

 

(130

)

 

 

(90

)

(12

)

(48

)

(1

)

 

(281

)

Cash earnings before tax

 

 

 

1,353

 

554

 

22

 

443

 

226

 

344

 

(192

)

 

2,750

 

Income tax expense

 

 

 

(388

)

(206

)

(1

)

(136

)

(73

)

(46

)

1

 

 

(849

)

Cash earnings before significant items, distributions and Minority Interest

 

 

 

965

 

348

 

21

 

307

 

153

 

298

 

(191

)

 

1,901

 

Net profit - Minority Interest

 

 

 

 

(147

)

(7

)

 

 

 

 

 

(154

)

Cash earnings before significant items and distributions

 

 

 

965

 

201

 

14

 

307

 

153

 

298

 

(191

)

 

1,747

 

Distributions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(95

)

Cash earnings before significant items

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,652

 

 


(1)  Other includes Group Funding, Corporate Centre and elimination entries within Total Australia.

(2)  Net life insurance income is the profit before tax of the life insurance and investment businesses of the statutory funds of the life insurance companies of the Group (excluding net interest income and investment earnings on shareholders retained profits & capital (IORE) of the life insurance businesses).

(3)  Operating expenses excludes the life insurance expenses incorporated within net life insurance income (Wealth Management businesses only).

 

12



 

Management Discussion & Analysis - Total Australia

 

TOTAL AUSTRALIA

 

Summary

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Fav / (Unfav)
Change on

 

 

 

Mar 06

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

%

 

Cash earnings before significant items

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australian Banking

 

 

 

882

 

965

 

 

 

 

 

Wealth Management Australia

 

 

 

202

 

201

 

 

 

 

 

Asia Banking and Wealth Management

 

 

 

15

 

14

 

 

 

 

 

Total Australia

 

 

 

1,099

 

1,180

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australian Banking

 

Performance Summary

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Fav / (Unfav)
Change on

 

 

 

Mar 06

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

%

 

Net interest income

 

 

 

1,958

 

1,854

 

 

 

 

 

Other operating income

 

 

 

1,351

 

1,271

 

 

 

 

 

Total income

 

 

 

3,309

 

3,125

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses

 

 

 

(1,875

)

(1,642

)

 

 

 

 

Underlying profit

 

 

 

1,434

 

1,483

 

 

 

 

 

Charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

 

 

(127

)

(130

)

 

 

 

 

Cash earnings before tax

 

 

 

1,307

 

1,353

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax expense

 

 

 

(425

)

(388

)

 

 

 

 

Cash earnings before significant items

 

 

 

882

 

965

 

 

 

 

 

 

Key Performance Measures

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Fav / (Unfav)
Change on

 

 

 

Mar 06

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

%

 

%

 

Performance & profitability

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Return on average assets (annualised)

 

 

 

0.92

%

1.09

%

 

 

 

 

Cost to income ratio

 

 

 

54.7

%

50.3

%

 

 

 

 

Cash earnings per average FTE (annualised) ($’000)

 

 

 

98

 

104

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest margin

 

 

 

2.46

%

2.50

%

 

 

 

 

Net interest margin (including acceptances) (1)

 

 

 

2.33

%

2.36

%

 

 

 

 

Net interest spread

 

 

 

2.44

%

2.43

%

 

 

 

 

Average balance sheet ($bn)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross loans and acceptances

 

 

 

181.8

 

167.9

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-earning assets

 

 

 

158.5

 

148.9

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-earning assets (including acceptances) (1)

 

 

 

187.7

 

174.9

 

 

 

 

 

Retail deposits

 

 

 

76.0

 

74.1

 

 

 

 

 

 


(1)  To assist with meaningful comparison between periods, the net interest margin and average interest earning assets data has been adjusted to include bill acceptances in prior periods.

 

13



 

 

 

As at

 

 

 

31 Mar 06

 

30 Sep 05

 

31 Mar 05

 

Full-time equivalent employees (FTE)

 

 

 

17,837

 

18,528

 

Asset quality

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross non-accrual loans ($m)

 

 

 

372

 

362

 

Gross loans and acceptances ($bn)

 

 

 

187.6

 

173.1

 

Gross non-accrual loans to gross loans and acceptances

 

 

 

0.21

%

0.21

%

Specific provision to gross impaired assets

 

 

 

27.8

%

34.2

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Market share (%) (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Housing

 

 

 

14.19

 

14.04

 

Business (including Institutional Markets & Services)

 

 

 

18.47

 

18.32

 

Other personal

 

 

 

15.75

 

16.02

 

Retail deposits (Personal & Business)

 

 

 

14.85

 

14.99

 

 


(1)  Source: Reserve Bank of Australia

 

14



 

Wealth Management Australia

 

Performance Summary

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Fav / (Unfav)
Change on

 

 

 

Mar 06

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

%

 

Investments

 

 

 

99

 

112

 

 

 

 

 

Insurance

 

 

 

80

 

66

 

 

 

 

 

Other (including regulatory programs)

 

 

 

(37

)

(18

)

 

 

 

 

Profit from operations (after tax)

 

 

 

142

 

160

 

 

 

 

 

Investment earnings on shareholders’ retained profits and capital from life businesses (IoRE)

 

 

 

60

 

41

 

 

 

 

 

Cash earnings before significant items

 

 

 

202

 

201

 

 

 

 

 

 

Key Performance Measures

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Fav / (Unfav)
Change on

 

 

 

31 Mar 06

 

30 Sep 05

 

31 Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

%

 

%

 

Full-time equivalent employees (FTEs) (No.)

 

 

 

3,842

 

3,903

 

 

 

 

 

Financial advisers

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bank channels

 

 

 

466

 

476

 

 

 

 

 

Aligned channels

 

 

 

827

 

858

 

 

 

 

 

Funds Under Management & Administration ($bn)

 

 

 

84.2

 

78.1

 

 

 

 

 

Annual InForce Premiums (Group & Retail) ($m)

 

 

 

633.4

 

607.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Market share - Australia%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Master Funds (1)

 

 

 

16.6

 

17.1

 

 

 

 

 

Retail funds management (ex cash mgmt) (1)

 

 

 

12.8

 

13.0

 

 

 

 

 

Retail risk insurance (2)

 

 

 

14.8

 

15.2

 

 

 

 

 

New retail risk annual premiums (2)

 

 

 

11.2

 

12.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

 

 

 

 

Mar 06

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

 

 

 

 

Performance & profitability

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost to funds under management (bps)

 

 

 

45

 

46

 

 

 

 

 

Cost to premium income (%)

 

 

 

15

 

16

 

 

 

 

 

 


(1)  Source: Plan for Life Australian Retail & Wholesale Investments Market Share & Dynamics Report as at 30 June 2005 and 31 December 2004.

(2)  Source: DEXX&R Life Analysis Reports as at 30 June 2005 and 31 December 2004. Retail risk insurance includes term, trauma and disability insurance.

 

15



 

Management Discussion & Analysis - Total UK

 

TOTAL UK

 

Performance Summary - ongoing operations

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Fav / (Unfav)
Change on

 

Australian dollars

 

Mar 06

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05 (1)

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

%

 

Net interest income

 

 

 

813

 

796

 

 

 

 

 

Other operating income

 

 

 

631

 

544

 

 

 

 

 

Total income

 

 

 

1,444

 

1,340

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses

 

 

 

(967

)

(868

)

 

 

 

 

Underlying profit

 

 

 

477

 

472

 

 

 

 

 

Charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

 

 

(126

)

(84

)

 

 

 

 

Cash earnings before tax

 

 

 

351

 

388

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax expense

 

 

 

(122

)

(118

)

 

 

 

 

Cash earnings before significant items

 

 

 

229

 

270

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pounds sterling

 

 

 

£m

 

£m

 

%

 

%

 

Net interest income

 

 

 

341

 

325

 

 

 

 

 

Other operating income (1)

 

 

 

264

 

222

 

 

 

 

 

Total income

 

 

 

605

 

547

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses (1)

 

 

 

(406

)

(353

)

 

 

 

 

Underlying profit

 

 

 

199

 

194

 

 

 

 

 

Charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

 

 

(53

)

(35

)

 

 

 

 

Cash earnings before tax

 

 

 

146

 

159

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax expense

 

 

 

(51

)

(49

)

 

 

 

 

Cash earnings before significant items

 

 

 

95

 

110

 

 

 

 

 

 


(1)  March 2005 comparative amounts have been prepared on an on—going basis. These are based on pro-forma information which has been calculated as Total UK, adjusting for the contribution of the Irish Banks which were sold on 28 February 2005, and the UK custody business, the closure of which was fully provided for in the financial statements at September 2004. The half to September 2005 includes £14.5 million of NII from the sale proceeds, the half year to March 05 includes £4.5.

 

The five months to 28 February 2005 exclude certain fixed head office expenses recharged to the Irish Banks that from 1 March 2005 can no no longer be recharged. The March 2005 half includes one month’s income recharge receivable by the UK for transitional services provided to Danske Bank A/S. Recharges continued in the half year to September 2005. Refer to detailed performance summary for further detail of impact.

 

16



 

Management Discussion & Analysis - Total UK

 

Key Performance Measures

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Fav / (Unfav)
Change on

 

 

 

Mar 06

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05 (1)

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 04

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

%

 

%

 

Performance & profitability

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Return on average assets (annualised)

 

 

 

0.94

%

1.12

%

 

 

 

 

Cost to income ratio

 

 

 

65.1

%

62.5

%

 

 

 

 

Cash earnings per average FTE (annualised) (£’000)

 

 

 

20

 

22

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest margin

 

 

 

3.74

%

3.88

%

 

 

 

 

Net interest spread (1)

 

 

 

3.32

%

3.54

%

 

 

 

 

Average balance sheet (£bn)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross loans and acceptances

 

 

 

17.4

 

15.6

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-earning assets

 

 

 

18.2

 

16.8

 

 

 

 

 

Retail deposits

 

 

 

11.6

 

11.2

 

 

 

 

 

 


(1)  The September 2005 half year net interest spread has been restated upwards by 30 basis points to reflect a change to the treatment of intercompany liabilities. There has been no impact to Group net interest spreads.

 

 

 

As at

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mar 06

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

 

 

 

 

 

Full-time equivalent employees (FTE)

 

 

 

9,480

 

9,772

 

 

 

 

 

 

Asset quality

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross non-accrual loans (£m)

 

 

 

48

 

60

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross loans and acceptances (£bn)

 

 

 

18.6

 

16.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross non-accrual loans to gross loans and acceptances

 

 

 

0.26

%

0.37

%

 

 

 

 

 

Specific provision to gross impaired assets

 

 

 

78.6

%

56.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

Financial advisers

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bank channels

 

 

 

115

 

112

 

 

 

 

 

 

Aligned channels

 

 

 

43

 

53

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial advisers (no.)

 

 

 

158

 

165

 

 

 

 

 

 

Funds under management and administration (£m)

 

 

 

1,623

 

1,513

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

17



 

TOTAL UK

 

Supplementary Performance Summary

(includes ongoing and disposed operations - eg. includes the Irish Banks)

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Fav / (Unfav)
Change on

 

Australian dollars

 

Mar 06

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

%

 

Net interest income

 

 

 

813

 

981

 

 

 

 

 

Other operating income

 

 

 

631

 

618

 

 

 

 

 

Total income

 

 

 

1,444

 

1,599

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses

 

 

 

(967

)

(1,066

)

 

 

 

 

Underlying profit

 

 

 

477

 

533

 

 

 

 

 

Charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

 

 

(126

)

(90

)

 

 

 

 

Cash earnings before tax

 

 

 

351

 

443

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax expense

 

 

 

(122

)

(136

)

 

 

 

 

Cash earnings before significant items

 

 

 

229

 

307

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pounds sterling

 

£m

 

£m

 

£m

 

%

 

%

 

Net interest income

 

 

 

341

 

400

 

 

 

 

 

Other operating income

 

 

 

264

 

253

 

 

 

 

 

Total income

 

 

 

605

 

653

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses

 

 

 

(406

)

(435

)

 

 

 

 

Underlying profit

 

 

 

199

 

218

 

 

 

 

 

Charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

 

 

(53

)

(37

)

 

 

 

 

Cash earnings before tax

 

 

 

146

 

181

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax expense

 

 

 

(51

)

(56

)

 

 

 

 

Cash earnings before significant items

 

 

 

95

 

125

 

 

 

 

 

 

18



 

TOTAL NEW ZEALAND

 

Performance Summary

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Fav / (Unfav)
Change on

 

Australian dollars

 

Mar 06

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

%

 

Net interest income

 

 

 

372

 

367

 

 

 

 

 

Other operating income

 

 

 

276

 

276

 

 

 

 

 

Total income

 

 

 

648

 

643

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses

 

 

 

(380

)

(405

)

 

 

 

 

Underlying profit

 

 

 

268

 

238

 

 

 

 

 

Charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

 

 

(26

)

(12

)

 

 

 

 

Cash earnings before tax

 

 

 

242

 

226

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax expense

 

 

 

(78

)

(73

)

 

 

 

 

Cash earnings before significant items

 

 

 

164

 

153

 

 

 

 

 

 

New Zealand dollars

 

NZ$m

 

NZ$m

 

NZ$m

 

%

 

%

 

Net interest income

 

 

 

405

 

397

 

 

 

 

 

Other operating income

 

 

 

299

 

299

 

 

 

 

 

Total income

 

 

 

704

 

696

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses

 

 

 

(412

)

(439

)

 

 

 

 

Underlying profit

 

 

 

292

 

257

 

 

 

 

 

Charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

 

 

(28

)

(13

)

 

 

 

 

Cash earnings before tax

 

 

 

264

 

244

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax expense

 

 

 

(84

)

(80

)

 

 

 

 

Cash earnings before significant items

 

 

 

180

 

164

 

 

 

 

 

 

19



 

Key Performance Measures

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Fav / (Unfav)
Change on

 

 

 

Mar 06

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

%

 

%

 

Performance & profitability

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Return on average assets (annualised)

 

 

 

1.07

%

1.07

%

 

 

 

 

Cost to income ratio

 

 

 

55.0

%

59.8

%

 

 

 

 

Cash earnings per average FTE (annualised) (NZ$’000)

 

 

 

78

 

73

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest margin (1)

 

 

 

2.49

%

2.68

%

 

 

 

 

Net interest spread (1)

 

 

 

2.22

%

2.42

%

 

 

 

 

Average balance sheet (NZ$bn)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross loans and acceptances

 

 

 

31.6

 

29.2

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-earning assets

 

 

 

32.4

 

29.8

 

 

 

 

 

Retail deposits

 

 

 

18.1

 

17.4

 

 

 

 

 

 


(1)  Net interest margins and spreads have been restated for the September 2005 half year and March 2005 half year to include only interest bearing assets and liabilites.

 

 

 

As at

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31 Mar 06

 

30 Sep 05

 

31 Mar 05

 

 

 

 

 

Full-time equivalent employees (FTE)

 

 

 

4,645

 

4,549

 

 

 

 

 

Asset quality

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross non-accrual loans (NZ$m)

 

 

 

113

 

97

 

 

 

 

 

Gross loans and acceptances (NZ$bn)

 

 

 

32.4

 

30.1

 

 

 

 

 

Gross non-accrual loans to gross loans and acceptances

 

 

 

0.35

%

0.32

%

 

 

 

 

Specific provision to gross impaired assets

 

 

 

34.1

%

27.1

%

 

 

 

 

Market share (%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Housing

 

 

 

16.2

 

16.2

 

 

 

 

 

Agribusiness

 

 

 

17.9

 

17.8

 

 

 

 

 

Cards

 

 

 

30.5

 

30.8

 

 

 

 

 

Retail deposits (personal & business)

 

 

 

19.1

 

18.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

20



 

Management Discussion & Analysis - Institutional Markets & Services

 

INSTITUTIONAL MARKETS & SERVICES

 

Performance Summary

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Fav / (Unfav)
Change on

 

 

 

Mar 06

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 05

 

Sep 05

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

Ex FX (1) %

 

Net interest income

 

 

 

244

 

 

 

 

 

Other operating income

 

 

 

423

 

 

 

 

 

Total income

 

 

 

667

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses

 

 

 

(372

)

 

 

 

 

Underlying profit

 

 

 

295

 

 

 

 

 

(Charge)/Write-back to provide for doubtful debts

 

 

 

24

 

 

 

 

 

Cash earnings before tax

 

 

 

319

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax expense

 

 

 

(40

)

 

 

 

 

Cash earnings before significant items

 

 

 

279

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fav / (Unfav)

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Change on

 

 

 

Mar 06

 

Mar 05

 

Mar 05

 

Mar 05

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

Ex FX (1) %

 

Net interest income

 

 

 

258

 

 

 

 

 

Other operating income

 

 

 

504

 

 

 

 

 

Total income

 

 

 

762

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses

 

 

 

(370

)

 

 

 

 

Underlying profit

 

 

 

392

 

 

 

 

 

(Charge)/Write-back to provide for doubtful debts

 

 

 

(48

)

 

 

 

 

Cash earnings before tax

 

 

 

344

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax expense

 

 

 

(46

)

 

 

 

 

Cash earnings before significant items

 

 

 

298

 

 

 

 

 

 


(1)  Change expressed at constant exchange rates.

 

21



 

Key Performance Measures

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fav / (Unfav)

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Change on

 

 

 

Mar 06

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

%

 

%

 

Performance & profitability

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Return on average Risk Weighted assets (annualised) (1)

 

 

 

0.77

%

0.79

%

 

 

 

 

Return on average assets (annualised)

 

 

 

0.36

%

0.35

%

 

 

 

 

Return on average external assets (annualised)

 

 

 

0.47

%

0.46

%

 

 

 

 

Cost to income ratio

 

 

 

55.8

%

48.6

%

 

 

 

 

Cash earnings per average FTE (annualised) ($’000)

 

 

 

287

 

297

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest margin

 

 

 

0.37

%

0.37

%

 

 

 

 

Average balance sheet ($bn)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Core lending (2)

 

 

 

39.5

 

41.4

 

 

 

 

 

Gross loans and acceptances (3)

 

 

 

44.3

 

47.2

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-earning assets - external

 

 

 

97.1

 

103.0

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-earning assets - internal (4)

 

 

 

34.3

 

38.7

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-earning assets - total

 

 

 

131.4

 

141.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fav / (Unfav)

 

 

 

As at

 

Change on

 

 

 

31 Mar 06

 

30 Sep 05

 

31 Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

%

 

%

 

Spot Balance sheet ($bn)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest earning assets - external

 

 

 

80.5

 

86.1

 

 

 

 

 

Interest earning assets - internal (4)

 

 

 

32.8

 

35.9

 

 

 

 

 

Interest earning assets - total

 

 

 

113.3

 

122.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Risk weighted assets (1)

 

 

 

69.3

 

75.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Full-time equivalent employees (FTE)

 

 

 

1,920

 

2,005

 

 

 

 

 

Asset quality

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross non-accrual loans ($m)

 

 

 

434

 

499

 

 

 

 

 

Gross loans and acceptances ($bn)

 

 

 

41.8

 

44.6

 

 

 

 

 

Gross non-accrual loans to gross loans and acceptances

 

 

 

1.04

%

1.12

%

 

 

 

 

Specific provision to gross impaired assets

 

 

 

29.4

%

31.8

%

 

 

 

 

 


(1)  Risk weighted Assets are calculated on internal model rather than standard model to enable a more representative comparison between periods.

(2)  Core lending includes loans and advances at amortised cost and at fair value.

(3)  Gross loans and acceptances represents core lending and bill acceptances.

(4)  Internal interest-earning assets include short-term funding of the Group’s operations.

 

22



 

Management Discussion & Analysis - Other

 

OTHER (GROUP FUNDING & CORPORATE CENTRE)

 

Performance Summary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fav / (Unfav)

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Change on

 

 

 

Mar 06

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Cash Earnings before significant items

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Group Funding

 

 

 

32

 

(41

)

 

 

 

 

Corporate Centre

 

 

 

(93

)

(150

)

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

(61

)

(191

)

 

 

 

 

 

23



 

SECTION 4

 

RESULTS FOR THE HALF YEAR ENDED

 

REPORT ON GROUP OPERATIONS & RESULTS

 

[TO BE INSERTED ON 11 MAY 2006]

 

24



 

SECTION 5

 

RESULTS FOR THE HALF YEAR ENDED

 

DETAILED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

The following section does not purport to be a set of financial statements.
For the Group’s financial statements refer to Appendix 4D filed with the ASX.

 

25



 

Condensed Consolidated Income Statement

 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT

 

For the half year ended

 

Note

 

Mar 06

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

 

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Interest income

 

 

 

 

 

10,873

 

10,230

 

Interest expense

 

 

 

 

 

(7,401

)

(6,758

)

Net interest income

 

 

 

 

 

3,472

 

3,472

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Premium and related revenue

 

 

 

 

 

472

 

434

 

Investment revenue

 

 

 

 

 

4,719

 

2,812

 

Claims expense

 

 

 

 

 

(303

)

(287

)

Change in policy liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

(3,499

)

(2,071

)

Policy acquisition and maintenance expense

 

 

 

 

 

(374

)

(365

)

Investment management fees

 

 

 

 

 

(15

)

(18

)

Net life insurance income

 

 

 

 

 

1,000

 

505

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gains less losses on financial instruments at fair value

 

3

 

 

 

293

 

346

 

Other operating income

 

3

 

 

 

2,694

 

2,557

 

Significant revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from the sale of controlled entities

 

 

 

 

 

(21

)

2,514

 

Total other income

 

 

 

 

 

2,966

 

5,417

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Personnel expenses

 

4

 

 

 

(1,899

)

(1,908

)

Occupancy related expenses

 

4

 

 

 

(262

)

(277

)

General expenses

 

4

 

 

 

(1,932

)

(1,717

)

Charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

8

 

 

 

(253

)

(281

)

Significant expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency options trading losses

 

 

 

 

 

 

34

 

Restructuring expenses

 

 

 

 

 

(437

)

(356

)

Reversal of prior year restructuring provision

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

9

 

Cost of controlled entity sold

 

 

 

 

 

114

 

(1,253

)

Total operating expenses

 

 

 

 

 

(4,667

)

(5,749

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit before income tax expense

 

 

 

 

 

2,771

 

3,645

 

Income tax expense

 

5

 

 

 

(1,081

)

(733

)

Net profit

 

 

 

 

 

1,690

 

2,912

 

Net profit attributable to minority interest - Life insurance business

 

 

 

 

 

(456

)

(154

)

Net profit attributable to members of the Company

 

 

 

 

 

1,234

 

2,758

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

cents

 

cents

 

Basic earnings per share

 

 

 

 

 

73.0

 

173.5

 

Diluted earnings per share

 

 

 

 

 

72.8

 

169.4

 

 

26



 

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet

 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

 

 

 

 

 

As at

 

 

 

Note

 

31 Mar 06

 

30 Sep 05

 

31 Mar 05

 

 

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and liquid assets

 

 

 

 

 

8,441

 

6,941

 

Due from other banks

 

 

 

 

 

15,595

 

18,641

 

Trading derivatives

 

 

 

 

 

13,959

 

17,122

 

Trading securities

 

 

 

 

 

15,154

 

19,460

 

Investments - available for sale

 

 

 

 

 

3,860

 

3,484

 

Investments - held to maturity

 

 

 

 

 

7,466

 

8,666

 

Investments relating to life insurance business

 

 

 

 

 

49,783

 

43,329

 

Other financial assets at fair value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hedging derivatives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and advances

 

7

 

 

 

264,674

 

250,974

 

Due from customers on acceptances

 

7

 

 

 

27,627

 

21,567

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

 

 

 

 

3,829

 

3,818

 

Investments in associates and joint ventures

 

 

 

 

 

16

 

47

 

Goodwill and other intangible assets

 

 

 

 

 

5,458

 

5,436

 

Deferred tax assets

 

 

 

 

 

1,734

 

1,717

 

Other assets

 

 

 

 

 

5,002

 

5,078

 

Total assets

 

 

 

 

 

422,598

 

406,280

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due to other banks

 

 

 

 

 

36,322

 

35,020

 

Trading derivatives

 

 

 

 

 

12,613

 

14,911

 

Other financial liabilities at fair value

 

 

 

 

 

1,487

 

1,730

 

Hedging derivatives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits and other borrowings

 

12

 

 

 

212,557

 

208,236

 

Liability on acceptances

 

 

 

 

 

27,627

 

21,567

 

Life insurance policy liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

42,123

 

38,494

 

Current tax liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

145

 

136

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

1,226

 

1,101

 

Provisions

 

 

 

 

 

1,847

 

1,505

 

Bonds, notes and subordinated debt

 

 

 

 

 

41,490

 

39,610

 

Other debt issues

 

 

 

 

 

1,559

 

1,586

 

Defined benefit pension scheme liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

978

 

999

 

Managed fund units on issue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

11,070

 

11,782

 

Total liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

391,044

 

376,677

 

Net assets

 

 

 

 

 

31,554

 

29,603

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contributed equity

 

13

 

 

 

10,855

 

10,685

 

Reserves

 

13

 

 

 

814

 

826

 

Retained profits

 

13

 

 

 

13,661

 

13,985

 

Total equity (parent entity interest)

 

 

 

 

 

25,330

 

25,496

 

Minority interest in controlled entities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Life insurance business

 

 

 

 

 

6,224

 

4,107

 

Total equity

 

 

 

 

 

31,554

 

29,603

 

 

27



 

Consolidated Statement of Recognised Income and Expense

 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF RECOGNISED INCOME AND EXPENSE

 

 

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

 

 

Note

 

Mar 06

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

 

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Actuarial gains and losses from defined benefit pension plans

 

 

 

 

 

 

(68

)

Cash flow hedges

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gains/(losses) taken to equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transferred to income statement for the period

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revaluation of land and buildings

 

 

 

 

 

(6

)

 

Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations

 

 

 

 

 

(187

)

(351

)

Realised gains and dividend income on treasury shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

Income tax on items taken directly to or transferred directly from equity

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

Net income recognised directly in equity

 

 

 

 

 

(190

)

(409

)

Net profit for the period

 

 

 

 

 

1,690

 

2,912

 

Total net income recognised for the period

 

 

 

 

 

1,500

 

2,503

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Attributable to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Members of the parent

 

 

 

 

 

1,044

 

2,349

 

Minority interest

 

 

 

 

 

456

 

154

 

Total net income recognised for the period

 

 

 

 

 

1,500

 

2,503

 

 

28



 

Condensed Consolidated Cash Flow Statement

 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW STATEMENT

 

For the half year ended

 

Note

 

Mar 2006

 

Mar 2005

 

 

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

Cash flows from operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest received

 

 

 

 

 

10,301

 

Interest paid

 

 

 

 

 

(6,812

)

Life insurance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Premiums received

 

 

 

 

 

3,879

 

Investment and other revenue received

 

 

 

 

 

693

 

Policy payments

 

 

 

 

 

(3,299

)

Fees and commissions paid

 

 

 

 

 

(176

)

Net trading revenue received/(paid)

 

 

 

 

 

(812

)

Other operating income received

 

 

 

 

 

2,366

 

Cash payments to employees and suppliers

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Personnel expenses paid

 

 

 

 

 

(1,878

)

Other operating expenses paid

 

 

 

 

 

(2,273

)

Goods and services tax paid

 

 

 

 

 

(23

)

Cash payments for income taxes

 

 

 

 

 

(745

)

Cash flows from operating activities before changes in operating assets and liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

1,221

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities arising from cash flow movements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net placement of deposits with and withdrawal of deposits from supervisory central banks that are not part of cash equivalents

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

Net funds advanced to and receipts from customers for loans and advances

 

 

 

 

 

(17,118

)

Net acceptance from and repayment of deposits and other borrowings

 

 

 

 

 

3,131

 

Movement in life insurance business investments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases

 

 

 

 

 

(6,887

)

Proceeds from disposal

 

 

 

 

 

6,145

 

Net movement in other life insurance assets and liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

(161

)

Net payments for and receipts from transactions in trading securities

 

 

 

 

 

4,807

 

Net payments for and receipts from trading derivatives

 

 

 

 

 

731

 

Net funds advanced to and receipts from other financial assets designated at fair value through profit and loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net funds advanced to and receipts from other financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit and loss

 

 

 

 

 

888

 

Net decrease/(increase) in other assets

 

 

 

 

 

(935

)

Net increase/(decrease) in other liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

893

 

Net cash provided by/(used in) operating activities

 

14(a)

 

 

 

(7,278

)

 

29



 

For the half year ended

 

Note

 

Mar 2006

 

Mar 2005

 

 

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

Cash flows from investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Movement in investments - available for sale

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases

 

 

 

 

 

(3,172

)

Proceeds from disposal

 

 

 

 

 

1,339

 

Proceeds on maturity

 

 

 

 

 

2,673

 

Movement in investments - held to maturity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases

 

 

 

 

 

(12,632

)

Proceeds on maturity

 

 

 

 

 

14,713

 

Movement in shares in joint venture entities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds on disposal

 

 

 

 

 

18

 

Proceeds from sale of controlled entities, net of cash disposed and costs to sell

 

14(e)

 

 

 

2,316

 

Purchase of property, plant, equipment and software

 

 

 

 

 

(760

)

Proceeds from sale of property, plant, equipment and software, net of costs

 

 

 

 

 

209

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

4,704

 

Cash flows from financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Repayments of bonds, notes and subordinated debt

 

 

 

 

 

(1,116

)

Proceeds from bonds, notes and subordinated debt, net of costs

 

 

 

 

 

6,375

 

Proceeds from issue of ordinary shares, net of costs

 

 

 

 

 

14

 

Proceeds from issue of Trust Preferred Securities II, net of costs

 

 

 

 

 

1,014

 

Dividends and distributions paid

 

 

 

 

 

(1,312

)

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

4,975

 

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

 

 

 

2,401

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

 

 

 

 

 

(12,531

)

Effects of exchange rate changes on balance of cash held in foreign currencies

 

 

 

 

 

570

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

 

14(b)

 

 

 

(9,560

)

 

30



 

Financial Report – Note 1: Principal Accounting Policies

 

1 (a) ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

This general purpose financial report for the interim half year reporting period ended 31 March 2006 has been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) and AASB 134, Interim Financial Reporting.

 

This interim report does not contain all disclosures of the type normally found within a full annual financial report. This report should be read in conjunction with the 30 September 2005 annual financial report. The 30 September 2005 annual financial report was prepared in accordance with previous Australian Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (AGAAP). AGAAP differs from Australian equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards (AIFRS) in certain respects. This report complies with AIFRS as it relates to interim financial reports.

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with AIFRS requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and the disclosed amount of contingent liabilities. Assumptions made at each balance sheet date are based on best estimates at that date. Although the Group has internal control systems in place to ensure that estimates are reliably measured, actual amounts may differ from those estimates. It is not anticipated that such differences would be material.

 

Comparative amounts relating to the financial year ending 30 September 2005 are not prepared in accordance with AASB 139 “Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement” (AASB 139), AASB 132 “Financial Instruments: Presentation and Disclosure” (AASB 132) or AASB 4 “Insurance Contracts” (AASB 4) as these standards are only applicable from 1 October 2005. As a consequence, a brief explanation of the primary differences in accounting policies for comparative periods has been provided where the impact is material.

 

(a) Basis of preparation

 

The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention, as modified by the application of fair value measurements as required by the relevant accounting standards.

 

(b) Statement of compliance

 

The Group’s accounting policies have changed as a result of the adoption of AIFRS and comparatives for the interim periods ended 31 March 2005 and 30 September 2005 and full year ended 30 September 2005 have been restated accordingly. The Group has applied AIFRS retrospectively to all periods covered by this financial report and to the opening balance sheet as at 1 October 2004. However, the Group has chosen to take advantage of the exemption available within AASB 1 “First-Time Adoption of Australian Equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards” and not restate comparatives in respect of the application of AASB 139, AASB 132 or AASB 4 Comparison of current and prior period results and financial position should be made in conjunction with the notes detailing the major impacts of the transition to AIFRS.

 

In accordance with AASB 1 the Group has applied exemptions relating to the following areas on transition to AIFRS:

                 Business combinations undertaken prior to 1 October 2004 have not been re-stated;

                 Cumulative translation differences carried within the foreign currency revaluation reserve have been deemed to be zero as at 1 October 2004;

                 No adjustment for share based payments granted on or before 7 November 2002 has been reflected in the financial statements; and

                 Certain previously recognised financial instruments have been designated on initial recognition at 1 October 2005 as a financial asset or financial liability at fair value through profit or loss.

 

(c) Early adoptions

 

The Group has elected to early adopt the amendments made to AASB 119 “Employee Benefits” (revised in December 2004) for the interim period ended 31 March 2006. Comparatives have also been adjusted in accordance with AASB 108 “Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors.”

 

In addition the Group has elected to early adopt the amendments made to AASB 139 by AASB 2005-4 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards (AASB 139, AASB 132, AASB 1, AASB 1023 & AASB 1038 ] (Fair Value Option – issued in June 2005), for the interim period ended 31 March 2006. In accordance with the approach to application of AASB 139 outlined in (b) above, comparatives have not been adjusted.

 

31



 

(d) Currency of presentation

 

All amounts are expressed in Australian dollars unless otherwise stated.

 

(e) Rounding of amounts

 

In accordance with Australian Securities and Investments Commission Class Order 98/100 dated July 10, 1998, all amounts have been rounded to the nearest million dollars, except where indicated.

 

(f) Principles of consolidation

 

(i) Controlled entities

 

The consolidated financial report comprises the financial report of the Company and its controlled entities. Controlled entities are all those entities (including special purpose entities) over which the Company has the power to govern the financial and operating policies so as to obtain benefits from their activities.

 

Entities are consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Company. They are de-consolidated from the date that control ceases.

 

The effects of transactions between entities within the economic entity are eliminated in full upon consolidation.

 

Outside interest in the equity and results of the entities that are controlled by the Company are shown as a separate item, ‘minority interest’, in the consolidated financial report.

 

Statutory funds of the Group’s life insurance business have been consolidated into the financial report. The financial report consolidates all of the assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses of the statutory funds and non-statutory fund life insurance business irrespective of whether they are designated as relating to policyholders or shareholders. In addition, where the Group’s life insurance statutory funds have the capacity to control managed investment schemes in which they are the majority investor, the Group has consolidated all of the assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses of these managed investment schemes.

 

Change in accounting policy

 

The AIFRS consolidation rules require the Group to consolidate some securitisation special purpose entities that were not previously consolidated under AGAAP. The consolidation rules impact both existing and new securitisation arrangements involving the Group’s assets and those of its customers. Special purpose entities require consolidation where the Group has access to the majority of the residual income or is exposed to the majority of the residual risk associated with the special purpose entity.

 

(ii) Associates

 

Associates are entities over which the Group has significant influence but not control, generally accompanying a shareholding of between 20% and 50% of the voting rights. Investments in material associates are accounted for using the equity method. The Group’s investment in associates includes goodwill (net of any accumulated impairment loss) identified on acquisition.

 

(iii) Investments in joint venture entities

 

The Group’s interests in material joint venture entities are accounted for using the equity method.

 

(g) Foreign currency translation

 

(i) Functional and presentation currency

 

Items included in the financial statements of each of the Group’s entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates (‘the functional currency’). The consolidated financial report is presented in Australian dollars, which is the Company’s functional and presentation currency.

 

(ii) Transactions and balances

 

Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at year-end exchange rates of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognised in the income statement, except when deferred in equity as qualifying cash flow hedges and qualifying net investment hedges. Translation differences on non-monetary items, such as equity securities held at fair value through profit or loss, are reported as part of the fair value gain or loss. Translation differences on non-monetary items, such as equity securities classified as available-for-sale financial assets, are included in a fair value reserve in equity.

 

(iii) Controlled and other entities

 

The results and financial position of all of the Group entities (none of which has the currency of a hyperinflationary economy) that have a functional currency different from the presentation currency are translated into the presentation currency as follows:

 

32



 

                  assets and liabilities for each balance sheet are translated at the closing rate at the date of that balance sheet;

                  income and expenses for each income statement are translated at average exchange rates; and

                  all resulting exchange differences are recognised as a separate component of equity in the foreign currency translation reserve.

 

On consolidation, exchange differences arising from the translation of the net investment in foreign entities, and of borrowings and other currency instruments designated as hedges of such investments, are taken to the foreign currency translation reserve. When a foreign operation is sold, such exchange differences are recognised in the income statement as part of the gain or loss on sale.

 

(h)   Segment reporting

 

A business segment is a group of assets and operations engaged in providing products or services that are subject to risks and returns that are different from those of other business segments. For the purposes of segment reporting disclosures, the Group’s activities are reported in the following segments: Total Australia, Total UK, Total New Zealand, Institutional Markets and Services, and Other.

 

(i)   Fair value measurement

 

Fair value is defined as the amount for which an asset could be exchanged or a liability settled, between willing parties in an arm’s length transaction.

 

Where the classification of a financial asset or liability requires it to be stated at fair value, the fair value is determined by reference to the quoted bid or offer price in the most advantageous active market to which the Group entity has immediate access, wherever possible. An adjustment for credit risk is also incorporated into the fair value.

 

Fair value for a net open position that is a financial liability quoted in an active market is the current offer price, and for a financial asset the bid price, multiplied by the number of units of the instrument held or issued.

 

Where no such active market exists for the particular asset or liability, the Group uses a valuation technique to arrive at the fair value, including the use of transaction prices obtained in recent arm’s length transactions, discounted cash flow analysis, option pricing models and other valuation techniques commonly used by market participants. In doing so fair value is estimated using a valuation technique that makes maximum use of observable market inputs and places minimal reliance upon entity-specific inputs.

 

The best evidence of the fair value of a derivative at initial recognition is the transaction price (i.e., the fair value of the consideration given or received) unless the fair value of that instrument is evidenced by comparison with other observable current market transactions in the same instrument (i.e., without modification or repackaging) or based on a valuation technique whose variables include only data from observable markets. When such evidence exists, the Group recognises the profit on initial recognition (i.e on day one).

 

Primary difference in comparative financial periods

 

Under previous AGAAP, financial instruments were typically valued at mid-market prices.

 

Assets

 

(j)   Cash and cash equivalents

 

For the purposes of the cash flow statement, cash and cash equivalents comprise balances with less than three months’ maturity from the date of acquisition, including: cash and liquid assets, amounts due from other banks, including central banks, (to the extent less than 90 days) and short-term government securities.

 

Cash and cash equivalents are brought to account at the face value or the gross value of the outstanding balance where appropriate.

 

(k)   Acceptances

 

The Group’s liability arising from the acceptance of bills of exchange and the asset under acceptance representing the claims against its customer are measured initially at fair value and subsequently at amortised cost. When the Group discounts its own acceptance, the acceptance liability is derecognised. When the Group re-discounts its own acceptance an acceptance liability is re-recognised and the asset remains recognised as an acceptance. The difference between the purchase and sale of the Group’s own acceptance will give rise to realised profits and losses that will be recognised in the income statement. Bill acceptance fees are deferred and amortised on an effective yield basis over the life of the instrument.

 

33



 

Primary difference in comparative financial periods

 

Under previous AGAAP, the Group’s liability arising from the acceptance of bills of exchange and the asset under acceptance representing the claims against its customer are measured at face value. When the Group discounted its own acceptances the asset was reclassified to trading securities. Fee income was recognised on a cash basis.

 

(l)   Derivative financial instruments and hedge accounting

 

All derivatives are recognised in the balance sheet at fair value on trade date. All derivatives are classified as trading except where they are designated as a part of an effective hedge relationship. The carrying value of a derivative is remeasured at fair value throughout the life of the contract. Derivatives are carried as assets when the fair value is positive and as liabilities when the fair value is negative.

 

The method of recognising the resulting fair value gain or loss on a derivative depends on whether the derivative is designated as a hedging instrument, and if so, the nature of the item being hedged. The Group designates certain derivatives as either: (1) hedges of the fair value of recognised assets or liabilities or firm commitments (fair value hedge); or, (2) hedges of highly probable future cash flows attributable to a recognised asset or liability, or a highly probable forecast transaction (cash flow hedge). Hedge accounting is used for derivatives designated in this way provided certain criteria are met.

 

The Group documents, at the inception of the transaction, the relationship between hedging instruments and hedged items, the risk being hedged and the Group’s risk management objective and strategy for undertaking these hedge transactions. The Group documents how effectiveness will be measured throughout the life of the hedge relationship. In addition, the Group also documents its assessment, both at hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, of whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of hedged items.

 

(i) Fair value hedge

 

The carrying value of the hedged item on initial designation is adjusted for the fair value attributable to the hedged risk. Subsequent to initial designation, changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as fair value hedges are recorded in the income statement, together with any changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability that are attributable to the hedged risk.

 

When a hedging instrument expires or is sold, or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, the adjustment to the carrying amount of a hedged item is amortised to the income statement on an effective yield basis over the remaining period of the original hedge relationship.

 

(ii) Cash flow hedge

 

The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges are recognised in equity. The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in the income statement. The carrying value of the hedged item is not adjusted.

 

Amounts accumulated in equity are transferred to the income statement in the period(s) in which the hedged item will affect profit or loss (for example, when the forecast sale that is hedged takes place).

 

When a hedging instrument expires or is sold, or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, any cumulative gain or loss existing in equity at that time remains in equity and is recognised when the forecast transaction is ultimately recognised in the income statement. When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss that was reported in equity is immediately transferred to the income statement.

 

(iii) Net investment hedge

 

Hedges of net investments in foreign operations are accounted for similarly to cash flow hedges. Any gain or loss on the hedging instrument relating to the effective portion of the hedge is recognised in equity; the gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in the income statement. Gains and losses accumulated in equity are included in the income statement when the foreign operation is disposed of.

 

(iv) Derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting

 

Certain derivative instruments do not qualify for hedge accounting. This could occur for two reasons:

                 The Group has classified the derivative as a trading item; or

                 The derivative does not meet the criteria for hedge accounting.

 

In both of these cases the derivative is classed as a trading derivative. Changes in the fair value of the derivative instrument are recognised immediately in the income statement.

 

Certain derivatives embedded in financial instruments, such as an option embedded in a debt instrument to extend the instrument with no concurrent adjustment to the interest rate on the instrument to the approximate

 

34



 

market rate at this time, are treated as separate derivatives when their economic characteristics and risks are not clearly and closely related to those of the host contract and the host contract is not carried at fair value through profit or loss. These embedded derivatives are bifurcated and measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognised in the income statement.

 

Primary difference in comparative financial periods:

 

In the comparative period, derivatives (other foreign currency) that are held or issued for purposes other than trading are not recorded on balance sheet. The net revenue or expense on derivatives used to manage interest rate exposures is recorded in the income statement on an accruals basis. If a derivative that is used to manage an interest rate exposure is terminated early, any resulting gain or loss is deferred within ‘other assets’ or ‘other liabilities’ and amortised to the income statement over the remaining period originally covered by the terminated contract. If the underlying interest rate exposure position ceases to exist, any deferred gain or loss is recognised immediately in the income statement.

 

Interest accruals, premiums and realised settlement amounts arising on derivatives used to hedge exposures arising from anticipated future transactions, are deferred within other assets or other liabilities until such time as the accounting impact of the anticipated transaction is recognised in the financial report. Such amounts only qualify for deferral where there is a high probability of the future transaction materialising. If it becomes apparent that the future transaction will not materialise, any deferred amounts are recognised immediately in the income statement.

 

(m)   Items classified as fair value through profit and loss

 

This category has two sub-categories: financial assets held for trading and those designated as fair value through profit and loss on initial recognition.

 

Purchases and sales of financial assets classified within fair value through profit and loss are recognised on trade date, being the date that the Group is committed to purchase or sell a financial asset.

 

(i) Financial assets held for trading

 

A financial asset is classified as held-for-trading if it is acquired principally for the purpose of selling in the near term, or forms part of a portfolio of financial instruments that are managed together and for which there is evidence of short-term profit taking, or it is a derivative not in a qualifying hedge relationship.

 

Held-for-trading financial assets are initially recognised at fair value with transaction costs being recognised in the income statement immediately. Subsequently they are measured at fair value. Gains and losses on held-for-trading financial assets are recognised in the income statement as they arise.

 

(ii) Financial instruments designated at fair value through profit and loss

 

Upon initial recognition financial assets may be designated as fair value through profit and loss. Restrictions are placed on the use of this designated fair value option. This classification can only be used in the following circumstances:

                  if an embedded derivative is required to be separated from the host contract but is unable to be reliably fair valued; or

                  designating instruments will eliminate or significantly reduce measurement or recognition inconsistencies (eliminate an accounting mismatch) that would otherwise arise from measuring assets or liabilities on a different basis; or

                  assets and liabilities are both arranged and their performance is evaluated on a fair value basis in accordance with documented risk management and investment strategies.

 

Once a financial instrument has been designated at fair value through profit and loss upon initial recognition, it is not possible to subsequently change the designation.

 

Primary difference in comparative financial periods

 

This accounting classification is applicable to the Group prospectively for reporting periods commencing from 1 October 2005. This accounting policy has not been applied in the comparative reporting periods.

 

(n)   Available for sale investments

 

Available for sale investments are non-derivative financial assets that are designated as available for sale and are not categorised into any of the categories of (i) fair value through profit and loss, (ii) loans and receivables or (iii) held to maturity. Available for sale investments primarily comprise debt and equity securities.

 

Available for sale investments are initially recognised at fair value including direct and incremental transaction costs. They are subsequently held at fair value. Gains and losses arising from changes in fair value are included as a separate component of equity until sale when the cumulative gain or loss is transferred to the income statement. Diminution in value due to impairment is recognised immediately within the income statement.

 

35



 

Interest income is determined using the effective interest method. Impairment losses and translation differences on monetary items are recognised in the income statement. Available for sale investments are derecognised when the rights to receive cash flows have expired or the Group has transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership.

 

Consistent with financial assets classified as fair value through profit and loss the Group applies trade date accounting to purchases and sales of available for sale investments.

 

Primary difference in comparative financial periods

 

Whilst the Group classified financial assets as available for sale, they were recorded at the lower of aggregate cost and fair value. Cost is adjusted for the amortisation of premiums and accretion of discounts to maturity. Unrealised losses in respect of market value adjustments and realised profits and losses on available for sale securities have been recognised within the income statement.

 

(o)   Held to maturity financial assets

 

Held to maturity investments are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that the Group has the intention and ability to hold to maturity. Held to maturity assets are initially recognised at fair value and subsequently recorded at amortised cost using the effective interest method.

 

(p)   Repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements

 

Securities sold subject to repurchase agreements (‘repos’) are reclassified in the financial statements as pledged assets when the transferee has the right by contract or custom to sell or repledge the collateral. The counterparty liability is included in amounts due to other banks, deposits from banks, other deposits or deposits due to customers, as appropriate.

 

Securities purchased under agreements to resell (‘reverse repos’) are recorded as loans and advances to banks or customers, as appropriate. The difference between sale and repurchase price is treated as interest and accrued over the life of the agreements using the effective interest method. Securities lent to counterparties are also retained in the financial statements.

 

Securities borrowed are not recognised in the financial statements, unless these are sold to third parties, in which case the purchase and sale are recorded with the gain or loss included in trading income. The obligation to return them is recorded at fair value as a trading liability.

 

(q)   Loans and receivables

 

Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market and which are not classified as ‘available for sale’. They arise when the Group provides money or services directly to a customer with no intention of trading the loan.

 

Loans and receivables are initially recognised at fair value including direct and incremental transaction costs. They are subsequently recorded at amortised cost, using the effective interest method, net of any provision for doubtful debts. They are derecognised when the rights to receive cash flows have expired or the Group has transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership.

 

As noted above, in certain limited circumstances the Group applies the fair value measurement option to financial assets. This option is applied to loans and advances where there is an embedded derivative that the Group is not able to reliably determine a separate fair value for that embedded derivative.

 

Primary difference in comparative financial periods

 

Loans and receivables are carried at recoverable amount represented by the gross value of the outstanding balance adjusted for a provision for doubtful debts and unearned income. Interest is recognised as revenue when interest is earned.

 

(r)   Impairment of financial assets

 

The Group assesses at each balance sheet date whether there is objective evidence that a financial asset or a portfolio of financial assets is impaired. A financial asset or portfolio of financial assets is impaired and impairment losses are incurred if, and only if, there is objective evidence of impairment as a result of one or more loss events that occurred after the initial recognition of the asset and prior to the balance sheet date (‘a loss event’), and that loss event or events has had an impact on the estimated future cash flows of the financial asset or the portfolio that can be reliably estimated.

 

The Group first assesses whether objective evidence of impairment exists individually for financial assets that are individually significant, and individually or collectively for financial assets that are not individually significant. If the Group determines that no objective evidence of impairment exists for an individually assessed financial

 

36



 

asset, whether significant or not, it includes the asset in a group of financial assets with similar credit risk characteristics and collectively assesses them for impairment. Assets that are individually assessed for impairment and for which an impairment loss is or continues to be recognised are not included in a collective assessment of impairment.

 

For loans and receivables and held to maturity investments, the amount of impairment loss is measured as the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows discounted at the asset’s original effective interest rate. The amount of the loss is recognised using an allowance account and the amount of the loss is included in the income statement.

 

The calculation of the present value of the estimated future cash flows of a collateralised financial asset reflects the cash flows that may result from foreclosure costs for obtaining and selling the collateral, whether or not foreclosure is probable.

 

For the purposes of a collective evaluation of impairment, financial assets are grouped on the basis of similar risk characteristics, taking into account asset type, industry, geographical location, collateral type, past-due status and other relevant factors. These characteristics are relevant to the estimation of future cash flows for groups of such assets by being indicative of the counterparty’s ability to pay all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the assets being evaluated.

 

Future cash flows in a group of financial assets that are collectively evaluated for impairment are estimated on the basis of the contractual cash flows of the assets in the group and historical loss experience for assets with credit risk characteristics similar to those in the group. Historical loss experience is adjusted on the basis of current observable data to reflect the effects of current conditions that did not affect the period on which the historical loss experience is based and to remove the effects of conditions in the historical period that do not currently exist. In addition, the Group uses its experienced judgement to estimate the amount of an impairment loss. This incorporates amounts calculated to overcome model deficiencies and systemic risks where appropriate and supported by historic loss experience data. The use of such judgements and reasonable estimates is considered by management to be an essential part of the process and does not impact reliability.

 

The methodology and assumptions used for estimating future cash flows are reviewed regularly to reduce any differences between loss estimates and actual loss experience.

 

Following impairment, interest income is recognised using the original effective rate of interest which was used to discount the future cash flows for the purpose of measuring the impairment loss.

 

When a loan is uncollectible, it is written off against the related provision. Such loans are written off after all the necessary procedures have been completed and the amount of the loss has been determined. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off decrease the amount of the provision in the income statement.

 

If, in a subsequent period, the amount of the impairment loss decreases and the decrease can be related objectively to an event occurring after the impairment was recognised, the previously recognised impairment loss is reversed by adjusting the allowance account. The amount of the reversal is recognised in the income statement.

 

In the case of equity instruments classified as available for sale, the Group seeks evidence of a significant or prolonged decline in the fair value of the security below its cost to determine whether impairment exists. Where such evidence exists, the cumulative net loss that has been previously recognised directly in equity is removed from equity and recognised in the income statement. In the case of debt instruments classified as available for sale, impairment is assessed based on the same criteria as all other financial assets. Reversals of impairment of debt securities classified as available for sale are recognised in the income statement. Reversals of impairment of equity instruments classified as available for sale are not recognised in the income statement. Increases in the fair value of equity shares classified as available for sale after impairment are recognised directly in equity.

 

Primary difference in comparative financial periods

 

The Group adopted a statistically based provisioning method for its general provision for doubtful debts, consistent with other large financial institutions. Under this method, the Group estimates the level of losses inherent, but not specifically identified, in its existing credit portfolios at balance date. This approach considered latent risks inherent in the portfolio over the full life of the loan. The statistical provisioning method is applied to existing credit portfolios, including loans and advances drawn down in the current year.

 

(s)   Goodwill and other intangible assets

 

Goodwill arises on the acquisition of an entity, and represents the excess of the fair value of the purchase consideration and direct costs of making the acquisition, over the fair value of the Group’s share of the net assets at the time of the acquisition.

 

Goodwill is capitalised and reviewed annually for impairment, or more frequently when there are indications that impairment may have occurred. Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units for the purpose of impairment

 

37



 

testing. Each of these cash-generating units is represented by an individual primary reporting segment, or a subdivision of a primary segment.

 

For intangible assets subject to amortisation, the asset must be assessed for indicators of impairment at each reporting date. Intangible assets not subject to amortisation must be reviewed annually for impairment.

 

The identifiable and directly associated external and internal costs of acquiring and developing software are capitalised and recognised as an intangible asset where the software is controlled by the Group, and where it is probable that future economic benefits that exceed its cost will flow from its use over more than one year. Costs associated with maintaining software are recognised as an expense as incurred. Capitalised computer software costs are amortised on a straight-line basis over their expected useful lives, usually this is of between three and five years. Impairment losses are recognised in the income statement as incurred.

 

Computer software is stated at cost, less amortisation and impairment losses, if any.

 

Primary difference in comparative financial periods

 

Under AGAAP, goodwill is amortised from the date of acquisition by systematic charges on a straight line basis to the income statement over the period in which the benefits represented by the goodwill asset are expected to arise, but not exceeding 20 years.

 

(t)   Property, plant and equipment

 

Property assets (land and buildings) are revalued annually by directors to reflect fair values. Directors’ valuations are based on advice received from independent valuers and regular independent valuations.

 

Revaluation increments are credited directly to the asset revaluation reserve. However, the increment will be recognised in the income statement to the extent it reverses a revaluation decrement previously recognised as an expense. Revaluation decrements are charged against the asset revaluation reserve to the extent that they reverse previous revaluation increments for a specific asset. Any excess is recognised as an expense in the income statement. This policy is applied to assets individually. Revaluation increases and decreases are not offset, even within a class of assets, unless they relate to the same asset.

 

All other items of property, plant and equipment are carried at cost, less accumulated depreciation and any impairment losses.

 

Property, plant and equipment is reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An asset’s carrying amount is written down immediately to its recoverable amount if the asset’s carrying amount is greater than its estimated recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of (i) the asset’s fair value less costs to sell and (ii) the asset’s value in use.

 

Where a group of assets working together supports the generation of cash inflows largely independent of cash inflows from other assets or groups of assets, recoverable amount is assessed in relation to that group of assets (cash-generating unit).

 

With the exception of freehold land, all items of property, plant and equipment are depreciated or amortised using the straight-line method at the rates appropriate to its estimated useful life to the Group. For major classes of property, plant and equipment, the annual rates of depreciation or amortisation are: buildings – 3.3%; leasehold improvements – up to 10%; furniture, fixtures and fittings and other equipment – from 10% to 20%; motor vehicles 20%; personal computers– 33.3%; and other data processing equipment – from 20% to 33.3%.

 

Assets’ residual values and useful lives are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at each reporting date.

 

Gains or losses on the disposal of property, plant and equipment, which is determined as the difference between the net sale proceeds if any and the carrying amount at the time of sale are included in the income statement.

 

Any realised amounts in the asset revaluation reserve are transferred directly to retained earnings.

 

(u)   Leases

 

(i) As lessee

 

The leases entered into by the Group as lessee are primarily operating leases. Operating lease rentals are charged to the income statement on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease.

 

When an operating lease is terminated before the end of the lease period, any payment made to the lessor by way of penalty is recognised as an expense in the period of termination.

 

38



 

(ii) As lessor

 

Leases entered into by the Group as lessor, where the Group transfers substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership to the lessee are classified as finance leases. The net investment in the lease, which is comprised of the present value of the lease payments including any guaranteed residual value and initial direct costs, is recognised as a receivable. The difference between the gross receivable and the present value of the receivable is unearned income. Income is recognised over the term of the lease using the net investment method (before tax) reflecting a constant periodic rate of return.

 

Assets leased under operating leases are included within property, plant and equipment at cost and depreciated over the life of the lease after taking into account anticipated residual values. Operating lease rental income is recognised within ‘Other operating income’ in the income statement on a straight line basis over the life of the lease. Depreciation is recognised within the income statement consistent with the nature of the asset (refer to note (t) Property, plant and equipment).

 

(v)   Assets relating to life insurance business

 

Assets held by the Group’s life insurance businesses are recorded as follows.

 

Assets backing policy liabilities

 

All assets held in statutory funds are considered to back policy liabilities and are therefore classified as fair value through profit and loss. Refer to note (i) for further detail on policies used to determine fair value.

 

Assets not backing life insurance liabilities

 

Financial assets

 

Financial assets not specifically backing insurance liabilities are classified as fair value through profit and loss, with the exception of investments in controlled entities that are treated under normal entity consolidation accounting rules.

 

Investments in controlled entities

 

Investments in controlled entities are stated at original cost less any necessary provision for impairment.

 

Restrictions on assets

 

The assets and liabilities held in the statutory funds of the Australian life insurance business are subject to the restrictions of the Life Insurance Act 1995 (Cth) and the constitutions of the life insurance entities. The main restrictions are that the assets in a statutory fund can only be used to meet the liabilities and expenses of that fund, to acquire investments to further the business of the fund, or to make profit distributions when solvency and capital adequacy requirements of the Life Insurance Act 1995 (Cth) are met. Therefore, assets held in statutory funds are not available for use by other parts of the Group’s business other than any profits generated in the statutory funds.

 

Primary difference in comparative financial periods

 

Assets held by the Group’s life insurance entities are measured at net market value including an allowance for disposal costs.

 

Liabilities

 

(w)   Financial liabilities

 

Financial liabilities comprise items such as due to other banks, due to customers, liabilities on acceptances, trading liabilities and deposits and other borrowings. Financial liabilities may be held at fair value through profit and loss or at amortised cost. When a financial liability is recognised, initially it should be measured at its fair value plus transaction costs, unless the financial instrument is designated as fair value through profit and loss.

 

Items held at fair value through profit and loss comprise both items held for trading and items specifically designated as fair value through profit and loss at initial recognition.

 

Financial liabilities held at fair value through profit and loss are initially recognised at fair value with transaction costs being recognised immediately in the income statement. Subsequently they are measured at fair value and any gains and losses are recognised in the income statement as they arise.

 

Liabilities may be designated as fair value through profit and loss if they meet the following criteria:

                  if an embedded derivative is required to be separated from the host contract but is unable to be reliably fair valued; or

 

39



 

                  designating instruments will eliminate or significantly reduce measurement or recognition inconsistencies (eliminate an accounting mismatch) that would otherwise arise from measuring assets or liabilities on a different basis; or

                  assets and liabilities are both arranged and their performance is evaluated on a fair value basis in accordance with documented risk management and investment strategies.

 

A financial liability is classified as held-for-trading if it is incurred principally for the purpose of selling in the near term, or forms part of a portfolio of financial instruments that are managed together and for which there is evidence of short-term profit taking, or it is a derivative (not in a qualifying hedge relationship).

 

All other financial liabilities are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method.

 

Primary difference in comparative financial periods

 

There is no equivalent classification for liabilities designated at fair value through profit and loss for comparative reporting periods. Financial liabilities are brought to account at the gross value of the outstanding balance. Interest expense on financial liabilities is recognised as an expense as it is incurred.

 

Financial liabilities were previously de-recognised where the Group had constructively extinguished its obligations under the liability whereas AIFRS requires the Group to legally extinguish a liability prior to de-recognition.

 

(x)   Life insurance and investment policy liabilities

 

Policy liabilities in the Group’s balance sheet and the change in policy liabilities disclosed as an expense have been calculated in accordance with guidance provided by the Life Insurance Actuarial Standard Board’s Actuarial Standard AS 1.04 “Valuation of Policy Liabilities”.

 

Investment contracts

 

Policy liabilities for investment contracts are measured at fair value with this value determined as equal or greater than the surrender value of the policy. The discount rate reflects the return on assets backing the liabilities. Only incremental transaction costs on the sale of products can be deferred.

 

Insurance contracts

 

Policy liabilities from insurance contracts are measured mainly using the projection method which is the net present value of estimated future policy cash flows. Future cash flows incorporate investment income, premiums, expenses, redemptions and benefit payments (including bonuses). The accumulation method may be used only where the result would not be materially different to the projection method.

 

Unvested policyholder benefits represent amounts that have been allocated to certain non-investment-linked policyholders that have not yet vested with specific policyholders.

 

The measurement of policy liabilities is subject to actuarial assumptions. Assumptions made in the calculation of policy liabilities at each balance date are based on best estimates at that date. The assumptions include the benefits payable under the policies on death, disablement or surrender, future premiums, investment earnings and expenses. Best estimate means that assumptions are neither optimistic nor pessimistic but reflect the most likely outcome. The assumptions used in the calculation of the policy liabilities are reviewed at each balance sheet date. Deferred acquisition costs are presented as an off-set in policy liabilities.

 

To the extent that the benefits under life insurance contracts are not contractually linked to the performance of the assets held, the life insurance liabilities are discounted for the time value of money using risk-free discount rates based on current observable, objective rates that relate to the nature, structure and term of the future obligations. Where the benefits under life insurance contracts are contractually linked to the performance of the assets held, the life insurance liabilities shall be discounted using discount rates based on the market returns on assets backing life insurance liabilities.

 

Primary difference in comparative financial periods

 

Life insurance contracts are not specifically defined under AASB 1038 “Life Insurance Business” (AASB 1038). As such all policy liabilities are calculated under the Margin on Services method. Deferred acquisition costs are off-set against both investment linked and life insurance contract policy liabilities. Refer to section (pp) part (v).

 

(y)   Provisions

 

Provisions are recognised when a legal or constructive obligation exists as a result of a past event and it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be necessary to settle the obligation, and it can be reliably estimated. Provisions are not discounted to the present value of their expected net future cash flows except where the time value of money is considered material.

 

40



 

Contingent liabilities are possible obligations whose existence will be confirmed only by uncertain future events or present obligations where the transfer of economic benefit is uncertain or cannot be reliably measured. Contingent liabilities are not recognised in the balance sheet but are disclosed unless they are remote.

 

(z)   Operational Risk Events

 

Provision for non lending losses is raised for losses incurred by the Group, which do not relate directly to amounts of principal outstanding for loans and advances.

 

The amount recognised as a provision is the best estimate of the consideration required to settle the present obligation as at the reporting date, taking into account the risks and uncertainties that surround the events and circumstances that affect the provision.

 

(aa)   Restructuring costs

 

Provisions for restructuring costs includes provisions for expenses incurred but not yet paid and future expenses that will arise as a direct consequence of decisions already made. A provision for restructuring costs is only made where the Group has made a commitment and entered into an obligation such that it has no realistic alternative but to carry out the restructure and make future payments to settle the obligation. Provision for restructuring costs is only recognised when a detailed plan has been approved and the restructuring has either commenced or has been publicly announced. This includes the cost of staff termination benefits and surplus leased space. Costs related to on-going activities are not provided for.

 

(bb)   Surplus leased space

 

Surplus leased space is an onerous contract and a provision is recognised when the expected benefits to be derived from the contract are less than the costs that are unavoidable under the contract. This arises where premises are currently leased under non-cancellable operating leases and either the premises are not occupied, or are being sub-leased for lower rentals than the Group pays, or there are no substantive benefits beyond a known future date. The provision is determined on the basis of the present value of net future cash flows.

 

(cc)   Provision for dividends

 

Provision for dividends is recognised at the time the dividend is declared, determined or publicly recommended.

 

(dd)   Financial Guarantees

 

The Group provides guarantees in its normal course of business on behalf of its customers. Guarantees written are conditional commitments issued by the Group to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Guarantees are primarily issued to support direct financial obligations such as commercial bills or other debt instruments issued by a counterparty. It is the rating of the Group as a guarantee provider that enhances the marketability of the paper issued by the counterparty in these circumstances. Financial guarantees are recognised at the greater of the unearned revenue or any provision that arises when a claim obligation is probable.

 

Additionally, the Group enters into financial guarantee contracts that require the Group to make specified payments to reimburse the holder of a contract, or permit the Group to receive a specified payment, for a loss incurred because a debtor specified within the contract fails to make payment when due in accordance with the original or modified terms of a debt instrument. The financial guarantee contract is initially recorded at fair value which is equal the premium received or paid, unless there is evidence to the contrary. Subsequently, the Group records and measures the financial guarantee contract at the higher of:

 

(i) where it is likely the Group will incur a loss as a result of issuing the contract a liability is recognised, or asset where it is likely to receive payment as a result of a purchasing the contract, for the estimated amount of the loss payable or receivable; and

(ii) the amount initially recognised less, when appropriate, cumulative unamortised portion of the fee which is recognised over the life of the guarantee, whether this is received or paid depending on whether the Group has issued or purchased the contract.

 

(ee)   Employee benefits

 

Employee entitlements to long service leave are accrued using an actuarial calculation, based on legal and contractual entitlements and assessments having regard to staff departures, leave utilisation and future salary increases. This method does not differ materially from calculating the amount using present value techniques.

 

41



 

Wages and salaries, annual leave and other employee entitlements expected to be paid or settled within 12 months of providing the service are measured at their nominal amounts using remuneration rates that the Group expects to pay when the liabilities are settled.

 

All other employee entitlements that are not expected to be paid or settled within 12 months of the reporting date are measured at the present value of net future cash flows.

 

Employees of the Group are entitled to benefits on retirement, disability or death from the Group’s superannuation plans. The Group operates pension plans which have both defined benefit and defined contribution components.

 

The defined contribution plans receive fixed contributions from Group companies and the Group’s obligation for contributions to these plans are recognised as an expense in the income statement as incurred. Prepaid contributions are recognised as an asset to the extent that a cash refund or a reduction in the future payment is available.

 

The defined benefit plans provide defined lump sum benefits based on years of service and a career averaged earnings. A liability or asset in respect of defined benefit superannuation plans is recognised in the balance sheet and is measured as the present value of the defined benefit obligation at the reporting date less the fair value of the superannuation fund’s assets at that date and any unrecognised past service cost.

 

The present value of the defined benefit obligations for each plan is discounted by either the government bond rate, or the average AAA credit rated bond rate for bonds that have maturity dates approximating to the terms of the Group’s obligations. The present value of the defined benefit obligations is calculated every three years using the projected unit credit method and updated every year for material movements in the plan position.

 

Past service costs are recognised immediately in income, unless the changes to the superannuation fund are conditional on the employees remaining in service for a specified period of time (vesting period). In this case, the past service cost is amortised on a straight line basis over the vesting period.

 

The Group does not offset pension assets and liabilities arising from different defined benefit plans.

 

Pension expense attributable to the Group’s defined benefit plans comprises current service cost, interest cost, expected return on plan assets and amortisation of any past service cost which has yet to vest. The Group’s policy where actuarial gains and losses arise as a result of actual experience is to fully recognise such amounts directly into retained earnings.

 

Future taxes that are funded by the entity and are part of the provision of existing benefit obligation (eg taxes on investment income and employer contributions) are taken into account in measuring the net liability or asset.

 

Primary difference in comparative financial periods

 

The accounting policy described above applicable to the Group’s defined benefit plans is significantly different to that applicable under previous AGAAP. For AGAAP defined benefit plan surpluses and deficits are not recognised on the balance sheet. Additionally, the expense recognised in the income statement is determined on an actuarial basis (and also included cash contributions), whereby actuarial gains and losses are recognised over the average remaining employment period of plan members, generally between 10 and 15 years.

 

(ff)   Trustee and funds management activities

 

The Group acts as trustee, custodian or manager of a number of funds and trusts, including superannuation and approved deposit funds, and wholesale and retail investment trusts. Where the Group does not have direct or indirect control of these funds and trusts as defined by Australian Accounting Standard AASB 127 “Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements”, the assets and liabilities are not included in the consolidated financial statements of the Group. When controlled entities, as responsible entities or trustees, incur liabilities in respect of their activities, a right of indemnity exists against the assets of the applicable trusts and funds. Where these assets are determined to be sufficient to cover liabilities, and it is not probable that the controlled entities will be required to settle them, the Group does not include the liabilities in the consolidated financial statements.

 

Commissions and fees earned in respect of the Group’s trust and funds management activities are included in the income statement.

 

(gg)   Securitisation

 

Through its Australian loan securitisation program, the Group packages and sells loans (principally housing mortgage loans) as securities to investors through a securitisation vehicle.

 

All such financial instruments continue to be held on the Group balance sheet, and a liability recognised for the proceeds of the funding transaction, unless:

 

42



 

(i)

 

a fully proportional share of all or specifically identified cash flows are transferred to the lender, in which case, that proportion of the asset is derecognised;

(ii)

 

substantially all the risks and returns associated with the financial instruments have been transferred, in which case, the assets are derecognised in full; or

(iii)

 

if a significant portion, but not all, of the risks and rewards have been transferred, the asset is derecognised entirely if the transferee has the practical ability to sell the financial asset or recognised only to the extent of the Group’s continuing involvement in the asset.

 

 

(hh)   Income tax

 

Income tax expense or revenue is the tax payable (or receivable) on the current period’s taxable income based on the applicable tax rate in each jurisdiction adjusted by changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities.

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognised for temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the consolidated financial statements. Deferred income tax is determined using tax rates (and laws) that have been enacted or substantially enacted by the balance sheet date and are expected to apply when the related deferred income tax asset is realised or the deferred income tax liability is settled. A deferred tax asset or liability is not recognised if it arises from initial recognition of an asset or liability (in a transaction other than a business combination) that at the time of the transaction affects neither accounting profit nor taxable profit or loss.

 

Deferred tax assets are only recognised for temporary differences, unused tax losses and unused tax credits if it is probable that future taxable amounts will arise to utilise those temporary differences and losses.

 

Deferred liabilities are not recognised for temporary differences arising from investments in subsidiaries and associates where the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference is controlled by the Group and it is probable that the difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future. Deferred tax assets are not recognised for temporary differences arising from investments in subsidiaries and associates where it is probable that the difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future, and it is not probable that taxable profit will be available against which the temporary difference can be utilised.

 

The effects of income taxes arising from asset revaluation adjustments are recognised directly in the asset revaluation reserve where relevant.

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities related to fair value re-measurement of available-for-sale investments and cash flow hedges, which are charged or credited directly to equity, are also credited or charged directly to equity. The tax associated with these transactions will be recognised in the income statement at the same time as the underlying transaction.

 

For life insurance business, taxation is not based on the concept of profit. Special legislative provisions apply to tax policyholders and shareholders on different bases. According to the class of business to which their policies belong, policyholders have their investment earnings taxed at the following rates in Australia:

                  superannuation policies – 15%;

                  annuity policies – 0%; or

                  non-superannuation investment policies – 30%.

 

The life insurance business shareholders’ funds are taxed at the company rate of 30% on fee income and profit arising from insurance risk policies less deductible expenses.

 

Primary difference in comparative financial periods

 

The AIFRS accounting policy described above requires the Group to adopt a balance sheet approach to determining deferred tax items, based upon a comparison of accounting carrying amounts of assets and liabilities with their tax base. Under AGAAP the Group adopts an income statement liability method to determining deferred tax amounts. This method identifies a narrower range of differences than those that arise under AIFRS. Provisions for Deferred Income Tax and Future Income Tax Benefits are displayed net on the balance sheet.

 

(ii)   Debt Issues

 

Debt issues are short and long term debt issues of the Group including commercial paper, notes, term loans and medium term notes. Debt issues are typically recorded at amortised cost using the effective interest method. Premiums, discounts and associated issue expenses are recognised using the effective interest method through the income statement from the date of issue to accrete the carrying value of securities to redemption values by maturity date. Interest is charged to the income statement using the effective interest method. Embedded derivatives within debt instruments must also be separately accounted for where not closely related to the terms of the host debt instrument. These embedded derivative instruments are recorded at fair value with gains and losses on the embedded derivative recorded in the income statement.

 

43



 

Where debt issues are classified as held at fair value through profit and loss they are initially recognised at fair value with transaction costs being recognised immediately in the income statement. Subsequently they are measured at fair value and any gains and losses are recognised in the income statement as they arise.

 

Primary difference in comparative financial periods

 

Under AGAAP the embedded derivative liability is not separately accounted for.

 

Equity

 

(jj)   Contributed Equity

 

Ordinary shares are classified as equity.

 

Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares or options are directly included within equity. For the acquisition of a business incremental costsare included in the cost of the acquisition as a part of the purchase consideration.

 

(kk)   Treasury shares

 

If a controlled entity acquires shares in the Company, the cost of the acquired shares is recognised as a deduction from share capital. Dividends on such shares held in the Company (treasury shares) are not credited to income, but eliminated on consolidation. Gains and losses on sale of treasury shares are accounted for as adjustments to issued capital and not part of income.

 

Certain statutory funds of the Group’s life insurance business hold investments in the Company. As these statutory funds are consolidated into the financial report, such investments held in the company are accounted for as treasury shares.

 

Primary difference in comparative financial periods

 

There was no equivalent accounting policy to eliminate such shares under previous AGAAP. Under AGAAP the shares are recognised in investments relating to life insurance entities and no adjustment was made to income.

 

Revenue and expense recognition

 

(ll)   Interest income

 

Interest income is reflected in the income statement using the effective interest method.

 

The effective interest method is a method of calculating amortisation using the effective interest rate of a financial asset or financial liability. The effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts the estimated stream of future cash payments or receipts over the expected life of the financial instrument or, when appropriate, a shorter period to the net carrying amount of the financial asset or liability.

 

When calculating the effective interest rate, the cash flows are estimated considering all contractual terms of the financial instrument (eg. prepayment, call and similar options) excluding future credit losses.

 

The calculation of the effective interest rate includes all fees and points paid or received between parties to the contract that are an integral part of the effective interest rate, transaction costs, and all other premiums or discounts. Where it is not possible to estimate reliably the cash flows or the expected life of a financial instrument (or group of financial instruments), the contractual cash flows over the full contractual term of the financial instrument (or group of financial instruments) is used.

 

Primary difference in comparative financial periods

 

Under AGAAP, loan origination and other fee revenue is either recognised immediately in the income statement or deferred in the balance sheet and amortised as an adjustment to yield over the expected life of the loan.

 

(mm)   Dividend income

 

Dividend income is recorded in the income statement on an accruals basis when the Group’s right to receive the dividend is established.

 

(nn)   Fees and commissions

 

Unless included in the effective interest calculation, fees and commissions are recognised on an accruals basis when the service has been provided. Fees and commissions not integral to the effective interest rate arising from negotiating, or participating in the negotiation of a transaction with a third party (such as the acquisition of

 

44



 

loans, shares or other securities or the purchase or sale of businesses), are recognised on completion of the underlying transaction.

 

Asset management fees related to investment funds are recognised over the period the service is provided. The same principle is applied to the recognition of income from wealth management, financial planning and custody services that are continuously provided over an extended period of time. Account keeping charges, credit card fees, money transfer fees and loan servicing fees are recognised in the period the service is provided.

 

Commitment fees, together with related direct costs, for loan facilities where draw down is probable are deferred and recognised as an adjustment to the effective interest on the loan once drawn. Commitment fees in relation to facilities where draw down is not probable are recognised over the term of the commitment.

 

(oo)   Gains less losses on financial instruments at fair value

 

Gains less losses on financial instruments at fair value comprises fair value gains and losses from three distinct activities:

                  trading financial instruments;

                  hedging instruments; and

                  financial instruments designated at fair value through profit and loss.

 

Trading financial instruments recognises fair value movements on all trading financial instruments. For trading derivatives a full fair value is determined inclusive of interest income and expense arising on those derivatives. Interest income and expense on trading securities is reported within interest income and not included as part of the fair value movements on these instruments.

 

Hedging instruments recognises fair value movements on both the hedged item and hedging derivative in a fair value hedge relationship, and hedge ineffectiveness for both fair value and cash flow hedges.

 

Financial instruments designated at fair value through profit and loss recognises fair value movements (excluding interest) on those items designated as fair value through profit and loss at inception.

 

Interest income and interest expense on hedging instruments and items designated as fair value through profit and loss at initial recognition are recognised in net interest income.

 

Primary difference in comparative financial periods

 

There was no direct equivalent accounting policy under previous AGAAP.

 

Trading derivatives are measured at fair value and the resultant profits and losses are recognised in other income. The fair value of trading derivatives is reported on a gross basis as assets or liabilities as appropriate.

 

Net revenue or expense on derivatives used to manage interest rate risk is recognised in net interest income on an accruals basis.

 

(pp)   Life insurance business

 

The Group conducts its life insurance business through a number of controlled entities including National Australia Financial Management Limited, MLC Lifetime Company Limited, MLC (Hong Kong) Limited, MLC Limited, BNZ Life Insurance Limited and PT MLC Life Indonesia.

 

(i) Types of business

 

The Australian life insurance operations of the Group consist of investment-linked business and non-investment-linked business, which are conducted in separate statutory funds as required under the Life Insurance Act 1995 (Cth). The overseas life insurance operations of the Group consist primarily of non-investment-linked business.

 

Life investment contracts include investment-linked contracts where policyholders’ investments are held within the statutory funds and policyholders’ returns are directly linked to the investment performance of the assets in that fund. The policyholder bears all the risks and rewards of the investment performance. The policyholder has no direct access to the specific assets; however, the policy value is calculated by reference to the market value of the statutory fund’s assets. Investment-linked business includes superannuation and allocated pension business. Fee income is derived from the administration of investment-linked policies and funds.

 

Life insurance contracts involve the acceptance of significant insurance risk. Insurance risk is defined as significant if an insured event could cause an insurer to pay significant additional benefits in any scenario that has commercial substance. Any products sold by a life insurer that do not meet the definition of a life insurance contract are classified as life investment contracts. Insurance contracts include those where an insured benefit is payable on the occurrence of a specified event such as death, injury or disability caused by accident or illness or, in the case of an annuity, either the continuance of the annuitant’s life or the expiry of the annuity term. The benefit payable is not directly referable to the market value of the fund’s assets. Non-investment-linked

 

45



 

business includes traditional whole of life and endowment policies (where the risks and rewards generally are shared between policyholders and shareholders) and risk policies such as death, disability and income insurance (where the shareholder bears all the financial risks).

 

(ii) Premium revenue

 

Premium amounts earned in respect of insurance contracts are treated as revenue. Other premium amounts received, net of initial fee income, for investment contracts, are recognised as an increase in policy liabilities. The initial fee, which is the difference between the premium received and the initial surrender value, is recognised as premium revenue.

 

Premiums with a regular due date are recognised as revenue on a due basis. Premiums with no due date are recognised as revenue or an increase in policy liabilities on a cash received basis. Premiums due before the end of the year but not received at balance date are included as outstanding premiums. Premiums due after but received before the end of the year are accounted for as premiums in advance.

 

(iii) Claims

 

Claims are recognised when the liability to a policyholder under a policy contract has been established or upon notification of the insured event, depending on the type of claim.

 

Claims incurred in respect of investment contracts, which are in the nature of investment withdrawals, are recognised as a reduction in policy liabilities.

 

Claims incurred that relate to the provision of services and bearing of risks are treated as expenses and are recognised on an accruals basis.

 

(iv) Basis of expense apportionment

 

All expenses charged to the income statement are equitably apportioned to the different classes of business in accordance with Division 2 of Part 6 of the Life Insurance Act 1995 (Cth) as follows:

                  expenses and other outgoings that relate specifically to a particular statutory fund have been directly charged to that fund;

                  expenses and other outgoings (excluding commissions, medical fees and stamp duty relating to the policies which are all directly allocable) have been apportioned between each statutory fund and shareholders’ fund. Expenses are apportioned between classes of business by first allocating the expenses to major functions and activities, including those of sales support and marketing, new business processing and policyholder servicing, and then to classes of products using relevant activity cost drivers, including commissions, policy counts, funds under management and benchmark profit; and

                  investment income, profits and losses on sale of property, plant and equipment, profits and losses on sale of investments, and appreciation and depreciation of investments have been directly credited or charged to the appropriate statutory fund or shareholders’ fund.

 

(v)  Deferred acquisition costs

 

Life insurance policy acquisition costs are deferred under the Margin on Services method. For investment linked contracts they are deferred only to the extent that they are incremental transaction costs and provided that the business generated continues to be profitable. The deferred costs are reflected as a reduction in policy liabilities and are amortised to the income statement over the expected duration of the relevant policies.

 

Primary difference in comparative financial periods

 

The AIFRS policy relating to life insurance described above has had a significant impact upon the measurement, recognition and disclosure of the Group’s life insurance business. A major feature of AGAAP was the recongtion of the excess of market value over net assets (EMVONA). On transition to AIFRS, EMVONA is derecognised and revaluation movements will no longer be recognised in the Group’s income statement. Broadly, EMVONA represents:

                  acquired goodwill in respect of life insurance controlled entities remaining at balance date;

                  increases in the value of goodwill of the controlled entities since acquisition; and

                  the difference between the values assigned to assets and liabilities of the controlled entity within the Group’s financial report and those in the report of the controlled entity arising due to valuation methodology differences.

 

Under AGAAP deferred acquisition costs are recognised as a reduction to policy liabilities for both investment linked and life insurance contracts.

 

(qq)   Equity-based compensation

 

The Group engages in equity settled share-based payment transactions in respect of services received from certain of its employees. The fair value of the services received is measured by reference to the fair value of the shares or share options granted on the date of the grant. The cost of the employee services received in respect

 

46



 

of the shares or share options granted is recognised in the income statement over the period that the services are received by the Group, which is the vesting period.

 

The fair value of the options granted is determined using option pricing models, which take into account the exercise price of the option, the current share price, the risk free interest rate, the expected volatility of the NAB Ltd share price over the life of the option and other relevant factors. In the absence of market prices, the fair value of the instruments at the date of grant is estimated using an appropriate valuation technique, such as a Black-Scholes option pricing model.

 

Except for those which include terms related to market conditions, vesting conditions included in the terms of the grant are not taken into account in estimating fair value.

 

Non-market vesting conditions are taken into account by adjusting the number of shares or share options included in the measurement of the cost of employee services so that ultimately, the amount recognised in the income statement reflects the number of vested shares or share options. Where vesting conditions are related to market conditions, the charges for the services received are recognised regardless of whether or not the market related vesting condition is met, provided that the non-market vesting conditions are met.

 

Primary difference in comparative financial periods

 

The AIFRS accounting policy described above has had a significant impact on the recognition, measurement and disclosure of equity based remuneration. Under previous AGAAP, the Group only recorded an expense where it paid cash to the compensation plan trustee, which in turn purchased the Company’s shares on market. Where the Company issued shares as compensation, no expense was recorded in the income statement. Additionally, no accounting entries were made in relation to options and performance rights granted until they were exercised, at which time the amounts receivable from the employees were recorded as equity. No expense was recorded in the income statement.

 

(rr)   Goods and services tax

 

Revenues, expenses and assets are recognised net of the amount of goods and services tax or other value-added tax, except where the tax incurred is not recoverable from the relevant taxation authority. In these circumstances, the tax is recognised as part of the expense or the cost of acquisition of the asset.

 

Receivables and payables are stated at an amount with tax included. The net amount of tax recoverable from, or payable to, the relevant taxation authority is included within other assets or other liabilities.

 

Cash flows are included in the statement of cash flows on a gross basis. The tax component of cash flows arising from investing and financing activities which is recoverable from, or payable to, the relevant taxation authority is classified as operating cash flows.

 

47



 

(b) EXPLANATION OF TRANSITION TO AIFRS

 

These are the Group’s first consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with AIFRS. The Group adopted these standards for the financial year commenced October 1, 2005. The accounting policies set out in Note 1 (a) have been applied in the preparation of these financial statements.

 

In preparing its opening AIFRS balance sheet and the comparative information contained in these financial statements, the Group has made adjustments to the financial information previously reported in accordance with the prior basis of accounting (AGAAP).

 

The following notes and reconciliations, along with the accounting policies detailed in note 1(a) provide an explanation of how the transition from AGAAP to AIFRS has affected the Group’s financial statements.

 

The AIFRS impacts contained in the following reconciliations have been shown as:

      those arising from required recognition and measurement adjustments to the financial statements to transition from AGAAP to AIFRS either at 1 October 2004 or 1 October 2005 (transitional adjustments);

      those arising during the half years ended 31 March 2005 and 30 September 2005 to adjust for measurement differences between AGAAP and AIFRS in the income statement or reserves (measurement adjustments); and

      those concerning presentation and disclosure of items in the financial statements (reclassification adjustments) at the relevant dates.

 

Recognition and measurement adjustments that arise as a result of the opening transition process affect balance sheet values and are recognised in either retained earnings or an appropriate equity reserve at the date of transition. These may arise at either 1 October 2004 or 1 October 2005.

 

Presentation and disclosure adjustments do not impact total equity or retained earnings, but (other than a reclassification of outside equity interests at 1 October 2005 from equity to liabilities) reclassify items from one line to another.

 

The areas of most significant impact and the adjustments arising from application of AIFRS are summarised below. In certain cases the transitional and measurement adjustments detailed in the following reconciliations differ from information disclosed in previous financial statements. These differences primarily arise through changes and refinements in interpretation of relevant accounting standards.

 

Transitional adjustments at October 1, 2004 have been held constant in the Transition column of the balance sheet reconciliations at 31 March 2005 and 30 September 2005. Foreign currency revaluations of these adjustments have been reported as measurement adjustments.

 

The information presented below is in accordance with AASB 1.  Unless stated otherwise, all adjustments have been presented on a pre-tax basis.

 

A. Transitional and measurement adjustments arising as at October 1, 2004

 

(a)           Defined benefit pension plans

 

AIFRS requires defined benefit pension plan surpluses and deficits to be recognised on the balance sheet. Consequently, a transitional adjustment is required to recognise defined benefit pension surpluses and deficits on the balance sheet with a corresponding entry made to retained earnings.

 

An opening transitional adjustment recognises a defined benefit pension plan deficit of $1,279 million, a defined benefit pension plan surplus of $130 million and de-recognises a pre-paid pension cost asset previously carried under AGAAP of $575 million.

 

For the half years ended 31 March 2005 and 30 September 2005, the defined benefit pension expense recorded within personnel expenses was $12 million and $15 million respectively less than had been previously recorded under AGAAP.  In addition, under AGAAP, $47 million in relation to redundancy related payments was recognised as a restructuring expense. On transition to AIFRS this expense was reversed as it had already been recognised in the 1 October 2004 opening AIFRS balance sheet.

 

For the year ended 30 September 2005 the net profit on the sale of the Irish Banks (recognised as a Significant Item) was $277 million greater than that previously reported under AGAAP. The increase is largely due to the impact of derecognising the defined benefit pension liabilities in respect of the Irish Banks.

 

48



 

(b)           Wealth Management revaluation – excess of market value over net assets (EMVONA)

 

On transition to AIFRS, EMVONA is derecognised and revaluation movements are no longer recognised in the Group’s income statement. Under AGAAP, EMVONA represented:

      acquired goodwill in respect of life insurance controlled entities remaining at balance date;

      increases in the value of goodwill of the controlled entities since acquisition; and

      the difference between the values assigned to assets and liabilities of the controlled entity within the Group’s financial statements and those in the report of the controlled entity arising due to valuation methodology differences.

 

The whole of the AGAAP EMVONA balance of $4,905 million is written off to retained earnings upon transition to AIFRS and is replaced by acquired goodwill of $4,094 million and other intangible assets relating to past acquisitions, of $82 million.

 

For the half years ended 31 March 2005 and 30 September 2005 revaluation uplifts in EMVONA of $54 million and $281 million recognised under AGAAP have been reversed.

 

(c)           Consolidation of special purpose entities

 

Special purpose entities (SPE’s) require consolidation where the Group has access to the majority of the residual income or is exposed to the majority of the residual risk associated with the SPE. The opening adjustment as at 1 October, 2004 to consolidate the Group’s SPE’s where required under AIFRS, is a gross up of assets and liabilities of $5,732 million and $5,734 million respectively, with a corresponding minimal impact on total equity.

 

These amounts are predominantly reflected in adjustments to loans and advances (assets) and deposits and other borrowings and bonds, notes and subordinated debt (liabilities).

 

For the half years ended 31 March 2005 and 30 September 2005, the impact on net profit before tax arising from the consolidation of these entities is minimal. The principal impact on the income statement is a gross up in interest income and interest expense with interest income increasing by $200 million for the half year ended 31 March 2005 and $223 million for the half year ended 30 September 2005. Interest expense increases by $190 million for the half year ended 31 March 2005 and $179 million for the half year ended 30 September 2005.

 

(d)           Taxation

 

AIFRS requires the Group to adopt a balance sheet approach to determining deferred tax items, based upon a comparison of accounting carrying amounts of assets and liabilities with their tax base.  This method identifies a broader range of differences than those that arise under AGAAP.

 

An opening transitional adjustment results in a net increase in retained earnings of $609 million. This adjustment primarily arises from the tax impacts of the various transitional adjustments applicable from 1 October 2004.

 

For the half years ended 31 March 2005 and 30 September 2005, the income tax expense was $24 million less and $41 million greater respectively than that recognised under AGAAP.

 

(e)           Share-based payments

 

AIFRS introduces the requirement for the Group to recognise an expense in respect of all share-based remuneration (performance options, performance rights and shares issued to employees) determined with reference to the fair value of the equity instruments issued. The fair value of the performance options and performance rights at grant date will be expensed over their expected vesting period on a straight-line basis.  Similarly, the fair value of shares granted under the staff share schemes will be recognised as an expense over their vesting period on a straight-line basis.

 

Under the exemption provided in AASB 1, the Group has not applied AASB 2 “Share-based Payment” to equity instruments issued prior to November 7, 2002.  The transitional adjustment at October 1, 2004 is therefore calculated in respect of performance options, performance rights and shares granted after November 7, 2002 that remain unvested at January 1, 2005.

 

An opening transitional adjustment results in the recognition of an equity based payments reserve of $34 million.

 

For the half years ended 31 March 2005 and 30 September 2005, the expense for equity based payments is $37 million and $60 million respectively.

 

49



 

(f)            Goodwill

 

Upon transition to AIFRS, goodwill will no longer be amortised.  Instead, goodwill will be tested for impairment annually and assessed for any indication of impairment at each reporting date to ensure that its carrying amount does not exceed its recoverable amount.  If an impairment loss is identified, it will be recognised immediately in the income statement.  No impairment of goodwill was identified at October 1, 2004.

 

For the half years ended 31 March 2005 and 30 September 2005, goodwill amortisation of $50 million and $48 million respectively recognised under AGAAP has been reversed. No impairment of goodwill was identified for the year ended 30 September 2005.

 

(g)           Foreign currency translation

 

Under the exemption provided in AASB 1, the Group has reset the foreign currency translation reserve (FCTR) to nil as at October 1, 2004, resulting in an increase in retained earnings of $166 million.

 

Translation differences in relation to foreign controlled entities subsequent to transition to AIFRS will continue to be recorded in the FCTR.  The gain or loss recognised in the income statement on a future disposal of a foreign controlled entity will include any translation differences that arise after October 1, 2004.

 

(h)           Wealth Management investment business – revenue and expense recognition

 

Under AGAAP, acquisition costs, net of initial commission revenue, relating to acquiring new investment business, were deferred and subsequently recognised in the income statement over the average life of the contracts.  Under AIFRS, initial commission revenue will be recognised at the inception of the contract.  Similarly, costs will be recognised and expensed as they are incurred.

 

An opening transitional adjustment of $100 million represents a write-off of the cumulative deferred acquisition costs asset previously recognised under AGAAP in respect of contracts issued by entities other than life insurance entities. During the half year ended 31 March 2005 the increase in the deferred acquisition costs asset recognised under AGAAP of $12 million has been reversed from the balance sheet and recognised directly in the income statement. There was nil impact arising in the half year ended 30 September 2005.

 

(i)            Treasury shares

 

Under AGAAP, direct investments in National Australia Bank Limited shares by the Group’s life insurance statutory funds were recognised within investments relating to life insurance business in the balance sheet at market value.  On transition to AIFRS, these investments will be classified as treasury shares and deducted from share capital. The opening transitional adjustment for treasury shares is:

      a decrease of $551 million in investments relating to life insurance business, being the market value of the investments in National shares;

      a decrease of $645 million in contributed equity, being the cost of the investments; and

      an increase of $94 million in retained earnings, being the reversal of the cumulative opening market value decrement.

 

For the half years ended 31 March 2005 and 30 September 2005, total net realised and unrealised gains and losses and dividend income of $53 million and $114 million respectively relating to treasury shares were recognised in the income statement under AGAAP.  Of these amounts $35 million and $129 million represented unrealised gains and losses recognised at 31 March 2005 and 30 September 2005 respectively.  All of the amounts noted above are reversed under AIFRS.

 

(j)            Asset revaluation reserve

 

Under AGAAP, the Group carried all land and buildings at fair value.  Valuation increments and decrements were offset against one another within the global group of land and buildings with the net movement being reflected in the asset revaluation reserve.  In contrast, AIFRS requires that valuation increments and decrements are accounted for on an asset-by-asset basis.  Under AIFRS the Group will continue to carry all land and buildings at fair value.  The balance of the asset revaluation reserve has been restated to reflect the cumulative movements on property revaluations on an asset-by-asset basis.  At October 1, 2004, the required adjustments are an increase in the asset revaluation reserve of $150 million with a corresponding decrease in retained earnings.

 

B.            Transitional and measurement adjustments arising as at October 1, 2005

 

The following adjustments relate to application of AASB 132, AASB 139 and AASB 4 as at October 1, 2005. The information presented below is in accordance with AASB 1 that provides an exemption from presenting comparative financial information in relation to these standards.

 

50



 

(k)           Recognition of derivative financial instruments and hedging

 

Under AIFRS, the Group has recognised all derivative financial instruments at fair value on the balance sheet, irrespective of whether the instrument is used in a hedging relationship or otherwise.

 

Where fair value hedge accounting criteria are met, fair value changes on both the hedged item (attributable to the hedged risk) and the hedging instrument are recognised directly in the income statement.  Where cash flow hedge accounting criteria are met, the carrying value of the hedged item is not adjusted and the fair value changes on the related hedging instrument (to the extent the hedge is effective) are deferred in the cash flow hedge reserve.  This amount will then be transferred to the income statement at the time the hedged item affects the income statement.  Hedge ineffectiveness is recognised in the income statement immediately.

 

At 1 October, 2005, the Group has recognised the following transitional adjustments attributable to derivative financial instruments, hedging and application of the fair value through profit and loss designation. Many of these derivatives form an important part of the Group’s risk management strategy and are designed to negate risk by the creation of off-setting fair value movements or a decrease in the variability of future cash flows. It should be noted that the overall net impact of the following adjustments upon opening retained earnings is an increase of $28 million.

 

(i) Trading derivatives

 

      Initial recognition of trading derivatives at fair value resulting in an increase in total assets of $196 million and an increase in total liabilities of $307 million.  The increases are primarily recognised within Trading derivatives (assets) which have increased by $330 million and Trading derivatives (liabilities) which have increased by $474 million and Other assets and Other liabilities that have decreased by $133 million and $166 million, respectively.  The corresponding decrease in retained earnings is $111 million.  This is as a consequence of derivatives previously classified as off balance sheet hedging derivatives under AGAAP being recognised as trading derivatives on transition to AIFRS.

 

(ii) Fair value hedge derivatives

 

      Initial recognition of derivatives designated within a fair value hedge relationship has resulted in an increase in hedging derivative assets of $332 million, a decrease in other assets of $17 million and an increase in hedging derivative liabilities of $3 million at October 1, 2005. The corresponding increase in retained earnings is $312 million.

 

(iii) Assets and liabilities designated within a fair value hedge

 

      Where the Group has designated a financial asset or liability within a fair value hedging relationship, an adjustment is required to remeasure those assets or liabilities at fair value for changes in value attributable to the hedged risk.  A decrease in loans and advances of $118 million and an increase in bonds, notes and subordinated debt of $235 million arise at October 1, 2005 as a result.  The corresponding decrease in retained earnings is $353 million.

 

(iv) Cash flow hedging derivatives

 

      Initial recognition of derivatives designated within a cash flow hedge relationship has decreased hedging derivative assets by $40 million and decreased hedging derivative liabilities by $28 million.  The corresponding impacts on equity are an adjustment to the cash flow hedge reserve of $6 million and a decrease in retained earnings of $6 million.

 

(v) Assets and liabilities at fair value through profit and loss

 

      Where the Group has designated a financial asset or liability as at “fair value through profit and loss”, adjustments are required to: 1) reclassify the designated assets and liabilities into this category which have been detailed in section C(xii); and 2) remeasure those assets and liabilities at fair value.  The measurement adjustments that arise as a result of this designation are an increase in Other financial assets at fair value of $477 million and an increase in Other financial liabilities at fair value of $297 million. The increase in retained earnings as a consequence of designating certain financial assets and liabilities as “fair value through profit and loss” is $180 million.

 

(l)            Loan loss provisioning

 

Under AIFRS, the Group recognises loan impairment when objective evidence is available that a loss event has occurred and as a consequence the Group will not likely receive all amounts owed to it.  Loan impairment is calculated as the difference between the carrying amount of the loan and the present value of future expected cash flows associated with the loan discounted at the loan’s original effective interest rate.

 

The transitional adjustment at 1 October 2005 is a decrease in the total provision for doubtful debts of $384 million, with a corresponding adjustment to retained earnings. As a number of loans have been designated as at fair value through profit and loss, the credit provision associated with these loans of $85 million has been transferred across to that category as an adjustment to fair value, in addition to $35 million that has been

 

51



 

transferred to and included in the carrying value of both trading and hedging derivatives. As a result the provision for doubtful debts (recorded against the balance of loans carried at amortised cost) has reduced by the same amount.

 

(m)          Revenue recognition – effective yield

 

Loan origination and other fee revenue historically under AGAAP has been either recognised immediately in the income statement or deferred in the balance sheet and amortised as an adjustment to yield over the expected life of the loan.  Under AIFRS, a greater volume of fees are deferred and amortised over the expected life of the respective loans.  Revenue that is deferred must be amortised on an effective interest rate basis.  As part of the effective yield calculation AIFRS also requires deferral of related costs where these are both direct and incremental to origination of the loan.

 

At 1 October 2005, loans and advances have decreased by $310 million and amounts due from customers on acceptances decreased by $91 million in order to re-recognise fee revenue and costs previously recorded in the income statement.  Retained earnings have decreased by a total corresponding amount of $401 million.

 

(n)           Valuation of financial instruments using bid and offer prices

 

AIFRS requires that in valuing financial instruments at fair value, the appropriate quoted market price to be used is usually the bid or offer price.  Under AGAAP all financial instruments of the Group measured at fair value and transacted in an active market have been valued at the mid price.  Under AIFRS it is acceptable to continue to use the mid price where there is an offsetting market risk position.  Consequently, where there is no offsetting market risk position, an adjustment is required to remeasure those assets and liabilities at either the bid or offer price instead of the mid price.

 

At 1 October, 2005, adjustments to the carrying value of financial assets and liabilities to value them on a bid or offer basis, where required, results in an increase on Other financial liabilities at fair value of $14 million within other liabilities at fair value and a decrease in the value of investments relating to life insurance business of $2 million.

 

Retained earnings have decreased by a corresponding amount.

 

(o)           Classification of convertible financial instruments

 

Recent IASB discussions relating to an International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee (IFRIC) interpretation have changed the accounting treatment of the exchangeable capital units classified within Other debt issues.  This leads to the recognition of certain embedded derivatives not previously accounted for.  Under this interpretation certain option features of this instrument embedded within the debt instrument permitting the holder to convert an exchangeable capital unit into a specified number of National ordinary shares are considered an embedded derivative that must be recorded at fair value.  The combined impact of the recognition of the embedded derivative and foreign exchange movements to record the foreign denominated liability at the closing foreign exchange rate recognised under AIFRS increase other debt issues by $879 million with a corresponding decrease in retained earnings.

 

(p)           Derecognition of financial assets and liabilities

 

AIFRS contains more specific and stringent requirements prior to the Group being able to derecognise financial assets and liabilities from the balance sheet.  Furthermore, the Group is required to review and consider the extent to which it retains the risks and rewards of ownership of a financial asset or whether the obligation specified within the contract is discharged, cancelled or expired prior to the derecognition of a financial liability.

 

At 1 October 2005, $76 million of customer-related financial liabilities that were previously derecognised from the Group’s balance sheet have been re-recognised.  Deposits and other borrowings have increased by $54 million, Other liabilities have increased by $22 million and retained earnings have decreased by $76 million as a result of this adjustment.

 

(q)           Insurance contracts & provision for selling costs – Wealth Management

 

Under AIFRS, contracts that do not have significant insurance risk are no longer treated as insurance contracts but as financial instruments.  For non-insurance contracts which are accounted for as financial instruments, under AGAAP acquisition costs were previously deferred and subsequently recognised in the income statement  In contrast, under AIFRS these costs will be recognised and expensed as they are incurred.

 

At 1 October 2005 cumulative deferred acquisition costs included in net policy liabilities of life insurance entities of $384 million have been de-recognised.

 

52



 

Those contracts that continue to meet the definition of an insurance contract will be accounted for under an amended Margin on Services approach.  On transition to AIFRS, the actuarial calculation of policyholder liabilities is based on discount rates different to that used under AGAAP.  At October 1, 2005, this has decreased policyholder liabilities by $17 million with a corresponding increase in retained earnings.

 

The removal of the provision for selling costs previously included within the valuation of investments relating to life insurance business have increased the carrying value of these assets by $11 million and increased the carrying value of life insurance liabilities by an equivalent amount.  There has been no impact on retained earnings.

 

These adjustments have increased Investments relating to life insurance business by $9 million, increased Life insurance policy liabilities by $378 million and decreased retained earnings by $367 million.

 

(r)           Reclassification of outside equity interests

 

On transition to AIFRS, the outside equity interests in controlled unit trusts of the life companies no longer meet the definition of equity. As a result, the Group has reclassified outside equity interests in controlled unit trusts to liabilities.  As at 1 October 2005, the result is an increase in managed fund units on issue and a corresponding decrease in equity of $6,224 million.

 

(s)           Taxation

 

The tax impacts of the transitional adjustments arising as at 1 October 2005 include an increase in deferred tax assets of $173 million, an increase in deferred tax liabilities of $150 million and a decrease in current tax liabilities of $1 million.  The corresponding impacts on equity are an adjustment to the cash flow hedge reserve of $3 million and an increase in retained earnings of $21 million.

 

(t)            Due from customers on acceptances and Liability on acceptances

 

Amounts due from customers on acceptances and Liabilities on acceptances must both initially be recognised at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost.  Previously both acceptance assets and liabilities were recorded at face value.  This change in accounting treatment has decreased the carrying value of the Due from customers on acceptances asset and Liability on acceptances each by $202 million.  There has been no impact upon retained earnings.

 

(u)           General Reserve

 

Upon consolidation, the retained profits of the statutory funds, within the life insurance business are transferred from retained earnings into the general reserve.  As a consequence of the AIFRS transitional adjustments the retained profits of the statutory funds have been reduced by $417 million.  This is reflected through a decrease in the general reserve of $417 million and a corresponding increase in retained earnings.

 

(v)            Other

 

The items detailed above are the areas of most significant impact arising from the application of AIFRS on both the balance sheet and the income statement. In addition to these items certain other minor adjustments relating to leasing arrangements, provisions, reclassification into and remeasurement of trading securities and revaluation of investments relating to life insurance business have been made.

 

C.            Reclassifications made within the financial statements

 

In addition to the transitional and measurement adjustments detailed above, the adoption of AIFRS introduces changes to the format of the income statement, balance sheet and other financial statement disclosures. Certain reclassifications of assets and liabilities and balances within equity reserves have occurred as a result of these changes.

 

Reclassifications at 1 October 2004:

 

The major items reclassified upon transition to AIFRS as at 1 October 2004 include:

 

Balance sheet reclassifications

 

(i)            Capitalised computer software costs of $655 million have been reclassified from Property, plant and equipment to Intangible assets.

(ii)           Motor vehicles leased to customers under operating lease agreements have been reclassified from Loans and advances ($1,004 million) and Other assets ($1,464 million) to Property, plant and equipment ($2,468 million).

 

53



 

(iii)          Deferred tax assets and liabilities and current taxes have been separately disclosed.

(iv)          Short positions in securities of $845 million have been reclassified from Other liabilities to Other financial liabilities at fair value.

(v)           Regulatory deposits of $177 million have been combined with Due from other banks on the face of the balance sheet.

(vi)          Shares in other securities of $107 million have been reclassified from Investments in associates and joint ventures and other securities to Trading securities.

 

Income statement reclassifications for the year ended 30 September 2005

 

(vii)         Rentals received on motor vehicles leased to customers of $729 million have been included within Other operating income. Depreciation on these assets of $539 million has been included in General expenses. Under AGAAP the net of these amounts ($190 million) was reported within Net Interest Income.

(viii)        Trading income of $644 million has been included within Gains less losses on financial instruments at fair value. Previously this was reported within Other operating income.

 

The combination of these two adjustments above gives rise to a net increase of $85 million in Other operating income.

 

In addition to the above reclassifications, the transition to AIFRS has required the recognition of a new equity reserve for equity based payments.

 

Reclassifications at 1 October 2005:

 

The major items reclassified as at 1 October 2005 include:

 

Balance sheet reclassifications

 

(ix)           A total of $18,463 million of financial instruments have been reclassified to other financial assets at fair value.  Of this, the principal amounts relate to loans and advances amounting to $14,468 million inclusive of a doubtful debt provision of $85 million, $560 million from cash assets, $12 million due from other banks and $3,423 million from Investments – held to maturity (previously Investment securities under AGAAP).

(x)            Trading securities have decreased by $6,433 million through reclassifications to Due to customers on acceptances.  This is due to a change in accounting for acceptances issued and repurchased as part of trading activities.

(xi)           Trading securities have also increased by $921 million through reclassifications of $966 million from Investments – held to maturity (previously Investment securities under AGAAP) and $45 million to Investments – available for sale.  These reclassifications have been made to reflect appropriate asset classifications and their specific requirements within AIFRS.

(xii)          A total of $9,295 million of financial instruments have been reclassified to other financial liabilities at fair value.  Of this, the principal amounts relate to deposits and other borrowings of $8,347 million, $418 million of amounts due to other banks and $530 million of bonds, notes and subordinated debt.

(xiii)         Outside equity interests in Wealth Management controlled entities of $6,224 million previously classified within equity have been reclassified to the liability category Managed fund units on issue.

(xiv)        Amounts relating to foreign exchange revaluations attributable to hedging derivatives previously recognised within other assets of $353 million and other liabilities of $2,938 million have been reclassified within hedging derivative assets and hedging derivative liabilities respectively.

(xv)         Life insurance policy liabilities have increased by $431 million as a result of reclassifying certain amounts relating to reinsurance to other assets.

 

In addition to the above reclassifications, the transition to AIFRS has required the recognition of a cash flow hedge reserve.

 

Finally, as a part of the AIFRS transition, a review of the mapping of all revenue and expense categories was undertaken.  Whilst total revenue and expense lines have only changed due to AIFRS requirements certain line items within the categories have been amended to reflect a more appropriate mapping of revenue and expenses.

 

54



 

Financial Report - Note 1: Accounting Policies

 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT RECONCILIATION HALF YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2005

 

 

 

AGAAP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AIFRS

 

For the half year ended

 

Mar 2005

 

Ref

 

Measurement

 

Reclassification

 

Mar 2005

 

 

 

$m

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

10,121

 

c, v

 

203

 

(94

)

10,230

 

Interest expense

 

(6,568

)

c

 

(190

)

 

(6,758

)

Net interest income

 

3,553

 

 

 

13

 

(94

)

3,472

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Premium and related revenue

 

434

 

 

 

 

 

434

 

Investment revenue

 

2,865

 

i

 

(53

)

 

2,812

 

Claims expense

 

(287

)

 

 

 

 

(287

)

Change in policy liabilities

 

(2,071

)

 

 

 

 

(2,071

)

Policy acquisition and maintenance expense

 

(365

)

 

 

 

 

(365

)

Investment management fees

 

(18

)

 

 

 

 

(18

)

Net life insurance income

 

558

 

 

 

(53

)

 

505

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gains less losses on financial instruments at fair value

 

 

 

 

4

 

342

 

346

 

Movement in the excess of net market value over net assets of life insurance controlled entities

 

54

 

b

 

(54

)

 

 

Other operating income

 

2,490

 

v

 

53

 

14

 

2,557

 

Significant revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from the sale of controlled entities

 

2,514

 

 

 

 

 

2,514

 

Total operating income

 

5,058

 

 

 

3

 

356

 

5,417

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Personnel expenses

 

(1,881

)

a, e

 

(27

)

 

(1,908

)

Occupancy related expenses

 

(320

)

 

 

1

 

42

 

(277

)

General expenses

 

(1,375

)

c, h

 

(38

)

(304

)

(1,717

)

Amortisation of goodwill

 

(50

)

f

 

50

 

 

 

Charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

(281

)

 

 

 

 

(281

)

Significant expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of controlled entities sold

 

(1,456

)

a

 

203

 

 

(1,253

)

Restructuring expenses

 

(403

)

a

 

47

 

 

(356

)

Reversal of prior year restructuring provision

 

9

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

Foreign currency options trading losses

 

34

 

 

 

 

 

34

 

Total operating expenses

 

(5,723

)

 

 

236

 

(262

)

(5,749

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit before income tax expense

 

3,446

 

 

 

199

 

 

3,645

 

Income tax expense

 

(757

)

d

 

24

 

 

(733

)

Net profit

 

2,689

 

 

 

223

 

 

2,912

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net profit attributable to minority interest - Life insurance business

 

(154

)

 

 

 

 

(154

)

Net profit attributable to members of the Company

 

2,535

 

 

 

223

 

 

2,758

 

 

55



 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT RECONCILIATION HALF YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2005

 

 

 

AGAAP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AIFRS

 

For the half year ended

 

Sep 2005

 

Ref

 

Measurement

 

Reclassification

 

Sep 2005

 

 

 

$m

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

10,751

 

c, v

 

218

 

(96

)

10,873

 

Interest expense

 

(7,222

)

c

 

(179

)

 

(7,401

)

Net interest income

 

3,529

 

 

 

39

 

(96

)

3,472

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Premium and related revenue

 

472

 

 

 

 

 

472

 

Investment revenue

 

4,833

 

i

 

(114

)

 

4,719

 

Claims expense

 

(303

)

 

 

 

 

(303

)

Change in policy liabilities

 

(3,499

)

 

 

 

 

(3,499

)

Policy acquisition and maintenance expense

 

(374

)

 

 

 

 

(374

)

Investment management fees

 

(15

)

 

 

 

 

(15

)

Net life insurance income

 

1,114

 

 

 

(114

)

 

1,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gains less losses on financial instruments at fair value

 

 

 

 

(9

)

302

 

293

 

Movement in the excess of net market value over net assets of life insurance controlled entities

 

281

 

b

 

(281

)

 

 

Other operating income

 

2,612

 

 

 

11

 

71

 

2,694

 

Significant revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from the sale of controlled entities

 

(21

)

 

 

 

 

(21

)

Total operating income

 

2,872

 

 

 

(279

)

373

 

2,966

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Personnel expenses

 

(1,855

)

a, e

 

(44

)

 

(1,899

)

Occupancy related expenses

 

(302

)

 

 

 

40

 

(262

)

General expenses

 

(1,571

)

c, h

 

(44

)

(317

)

(1,932

)

Amortisation of goodwill

 

(48

)

f

 

48

 

 

 

Charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

(253

)

 

 

 

 

(253

)

Significant expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of controlled entities sold

 

40

 

 

 

74

 

 

114

 

Restructuring expenses

 

(435

)

 

 

(2

)

 

(437

)

Reversal of prior year restructuring provision

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

Foreign currency options trading losses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

 

(4,422

)

 

 

32

 

(277

)

(4,667

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit before income tax expense

 

3,093

 

 

 

(322

)

 

2,771

 

Income tax expense

 

(1,040

)

d

 

(41

)

 

(1,081

)

Net profit

 

2,053

 

 

 

(363

)

 

1,690

 

Net profit attributable to minority interest - Life insurance business

 

(456

)

 

 

 

 

(456

)

Net profit attributable to members of the Company

 

1,597

 

 

 

(363

)

 

1,234

 

 

56



 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT RECONCILIATION YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2005

 

 

 

AGAAP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AIFRS

 

For the year ended

 

Sep 2005

 

Ref

 

Measurement

 

Ref

 

Reclassification

 

Sep 2005

 

 

 

$m

 

 

 

$m

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

20,872

 

c

 

421

 

vii

 

(190

)

21,103

 

Interest expense

 

(13,790

)

c

 

(369

)

 

 

 

(14,159

)

Net interest income

 

7,082

 

 

 

52

 

 

 

(190

)

6,944

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Premium and related revenue

 

906

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

906

 

Investment revenue

 

7,698

 

i

 

(167

)

 

 

 

7,531

 

Claims expense

 

(590

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(590

)

Change in policy liabilities

 

(5,570

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5,570

)

Policy acquisition and maintenance expense

 

(739

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(739

)

Investment management fees

 

(33

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(33

)

Net life insurance income

 

1,672

 

 

 

(167

)

 

 

 

1,505

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gains less losses on financial instruments at fair value

 

 

 

 

(5

)

viii

 

644

 

639

 

Movement in the excess of net market value over net assets of life insurance controlled entities

 

335

 

b

 

(335

)

 

 

 

 

Other operating income

 

5,102

 

v

 

64

 

vii, viii

 

85

 

5,251

 

Significant revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from the sale of controlled entities

 

2,493

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,493

 

Total operating income

 

7,930

 

 

 

(276

)

 

 

729

 

8,383

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Personnel expenses

 

(3,736

)

a, e

 

(71

)

 

 

 

(3,807

)

Occupancy related expenses

 

(622

)

 

 

1

 

 

 

82

 

(539

)

General expenses

 

(2,946

)

c, h

 

(82

)

vii

 

(621

)

(3,649

)

Amortisation of goodwill

 

(98

)

f

 

98

 

 

 

 

 

Charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

(534

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(534

)

Significant expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of controlled entities sold

 

(1,416

)

a

 

277

 

 

 

 

(1,139

)

Restructuring expenses

 

(838

)

a

 

45

 

 

 

 

(793

)

Reversal of prior year restructuring provision

 

11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11

 

Foreign currency options trading losses

 

34

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

34

 

Total operating expenses

 

(10,145

)

 

 

268

 

 

 

(539

)

(10,416

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit before income tax expense

 

6,539

 

 

 

(123

)

 

 

 

6,416

 

Income tax expense

 

(1,797

)

d

 

(17

)

 

 

 

(1,814

)

Net profit

 

4,742

 

 

 

(140

)

 

 

 

4,602

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net profit attributable to minority interest - Life insurance business

 

(610

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(610

Net profit attributable to members of the Company

 

4,132

 

 

 

(140

)

 

 

 

3,992

 

 

57



 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET RECONCILIATION - 1 OCTOBER 2004

 

 

 

AGAAP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AIFRS

 

 

 

30 Sep 2004

 

Ref

 

Transition

 

Ref

 

Reclassification

 

1 Oct 2004

 

 

 

$m

 

 

 

$m

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and liquid assets

 

8,144

 

c

 

11

 

 

 

 

8,155

 

Due from other banks

 

22,939

 

 

 

 

v

 

177

 

23,116

 

Trading derivatives

 

17,939

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

17,939

 

Trading securities

 

24,248

 

c

 

4

 

vi

 

107

 

24,359

 

Investments -available for sale

 

4,610

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,610

 

Investments -held to maturity

 

11,513

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11,513

 

Investments relating to life insurance business

 

41,013

 

i, v

 

(553

)

 

 

 

40,460

 

Loans and advances

 

247,836

 

c, v

 

5,572

 

ii

 

(1,004

)

252,404

 

Due from customers on acceptances

 

16,344

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16,344

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

2,257

 

v

 

(24

)

i, ii

 

1,813

 

4,046

 

Investments in associates and joint ventures

 

158

 

v

 

16

 

vi

 

(107

)

67

 

Goodwill and other intangible assets

 

632

 

b

 

4,176

 

i

 

655

 

5,463

 

Regulatory deposits

 

177

 

 

 

 

v

 

(177

)

 

Deferred tax assets

 

1,301

 

c, d

 

458

 

 

 

 

1,759

 

Other assets

 

11,564

 

a, b, c, h

 

(5,418

)

ii

 

(1,464

)

4,682

 

Total assets

 

410,675

 

 

 

4,242

 

 

 

 

414,917

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due to other banks

 

43,625

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

43,625

 

Trading derivatives

 

16,150

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16,150

 

Other financial liabilities at fair value

 

 

 

 

 

iv

 

845

 

845

 

Deposits and other borrowings

 

219,028

 

c

 

2,179

 

 

 

 

221,207

 

Liability on acceptances

 

16,344

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16,344

 

Life insurance policy liabilities

 

36,134

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

36,134

 

Current tax liabilities

 

203

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

211

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

975

 

d

 

46

 

 

 

 

1,021

 

Provisions

 

1,129

 

v

 

48

 

 

 

 

1,177

 

Bonds, notes and subordinated debt

 

32,573

 

c

 

3,533

 

 

 

 

36,106

 

Other debt issues

 

1,612

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,612

 

Defined benefit pension scheme liabilities

 

 

a

 

1,279

 

 

 

 

1,279

 

Other liabilities

 

13,136

 

c, v

 

(175

)

iv

 

(845

)

12,116

 

Total liabilities

 

380,909

 

 

 

6,918

 

 

 

 

387,827

 

Net assets

 

29,766

 

 

 

(2,676

)

 

 

 

27,090

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contributed equity

 

10,191

 

i

 

(645

)

 

 

 

9,546

 

Reserves

 

1,194

 

e, g, j

 

(18

)

 

 

 

1,176

 

Retained profits

 

14,515

 

 

 

(2,013

)

 

 

 

12,502

 

Total equity (parent entity interest)

 

25,900

 

 

 

(2,676

)

 

 

 

23,224

 

Minority interest in controlled entities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Life insurance business

 

3,866

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,866

 

Total equity

 

29,766

 

 

 

(2,676

)

 

 

 

27,090

 

 

Certain previously disclosed AGAAP balances have been amended where it has been identified that trade date accounting has been incorrectly applied to repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements. The adjustments to the 30 September 2004 AGAAP balance sheet to correct the asset position are a $64 million increase to “Cash and liquid assets”, a $555 million decrease to “Due from other banks”, and a $143 million decrease to “Other assets”. The adjustments to the liability position are a $143 million decrease to “Due to other banks” and a $491 million decrease to “Other liabilities”.

 

58



 

Financial Report - Note 1: Accounting Principles

 

RECONCILIATION OF TOTAL EQUITY AS AT 1 OCTOBER 2004

 

 

 

Ref

 

$m

 

Total equity as reported under Australian GAAP as at 30 September 2004

 

 

 

29,766

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AIFRS 1 October 2004 adjustments to total equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impacts on retained earnings

 

 

 

 

 

Recognition of defined benefit pension liability

 

a

 

(1,279

)

Recognition of defined benefit pension asset

 

a

 

130

 

Derecognition of net prepaid pension asset

 

a

 

(575

)

Derecognition of EMVONA

 

b

 

(729

)

Leasing adjustments

 

 

 

(90

)

Transfer to executive share option reserve

 

e

 

(34

)

Transfer from foreign currency translation reserve

 

g

 

166

 

Revenue and expense recognition – investment contracts

 

h

 

(100

)

Reversal of market value decrement on treasury shares

 

i

 

94

 

Transfer to asset revaluation reserve

 

j

 

(150

)

Other

 

 

 

(55

)

Tax effect of transitional adjustments and application of tax-effect accounting

 

 

 

609

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impacts on contributed equity

 

 

 

 

 

Derecognition of treasury shares

 

i

 

(645

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impacts on reserves

 

 

 

 

 

Transfer from retained earnings to executive share option reserve

 

e

 

34

 

Transfer from foreign currency translation reserve to retained earnings

 

g

 

(166

)

Increase to asset revaluation reserve

 

j

 

114

 

Total adjustments to equity as at 1 October 2004

 

 

 

(2,676

)

Total equity measured under AIFRS as at 1 October 2004

 

 

 

27,090

 

 

59



 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET RECONCILIATION - 31 MARCH 2005

 

 

 

AGAAP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AIFRS

 

 

 

31 Mar 2005

 

Transition

 

Ref

 

Measurement

 

Reclassification

 

31 Mar 2005

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and liquid assets

 

6,929

 

11

 

c

 

1

 

 

6,941

 

Due from other banks

 

18,520

 

 

 

 

 

121

 

18,641

 

Trading derivatives

 

17,122

 

 

 

 

 

 

17,122

 

Trading securities

 

19,351

 

4

 

 

 

 

105

 

19,460

 

Investments - available for sale

 

3,474

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

3,484

 

Investments - held to maturity

 

8,666

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,666

 

Investments relating to life insurance business

 

43,917

 

(553

)

i

 

(35

)

 

43,329

 

Loans and advances

 

246,756

 

5,572

 

c, v

 

(255

)

(1,099

)

250,974

 

Due from customers on acceptances

 

21,567

 

 

 

 

 

 

21,567

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

2,019

 

(24

)

v

 

(1

)

1,824

 

3,818

 

Investments in associates and joint ventures

 

146

 

16

 

 

 

 

(115

)

47

 

Goodwill and other intangible assets

 

571

 

4,176

 

f

 

35

 

654

 

5,436

 

Regulatory deposits

 

121

 

 

 

 

 

(121

)

 

Deferred tax assets

 

1,375

 

458

 

c, d

 

(116

)

 

1,717

 

Other assets

 

11,867

 

(5,418

)

c

 

8

 

(1,379

)

5,078

 

Total assets

 

402,401

 

4,242

 

 

 

(363

)

 

406,280

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due to other banks

 

35,020

 

 

 

 

 

 

35,020

 

Trading derivatives

 

14,911

 

 

 

 

 

 

14,911

 

Other financial liabilities at fair value

 

159

 

 

 

 

 

1,571

 

1,730

 

Deposits and other borrowings

 

205,866

 

2,179

 

c

 

191

 

 

208,236

 

Liability on acceptances

 

21,567

 

 

 

 

 

 

21,567

 

Life insurance policy liabilities

 

38,494

 

 

 

 

 

 

38,494

 

Current tax liabilities

 

125

 

8

 

d

 

3

 

 

136

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

1,118

 

46

 

a, c, d

 

(63

)

 

1,101

 

Provisions

 

1,494

 

48

 

a, v

 

(37

)

 

1,505

 

Bonds, notes and subordinated debt

 

36,536

 

3,533

 

c

 

(459

)

 

39,610

 

Other debt issues

 

1,586

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,586

 

Defined benefit pension scheme liabilities

 

 

1,279

 

a

 

(280

)

 

999

 

Other liabilities

 

13,524

 

(175

)

c

 

4

 

(1,571

)

11,782

 

Total liabilities

 

370,400

 

6,918

 

 

 

(641

)

 

376,677

 

Net assets

 

32,001

 

(2,676

)

 

 

278

 

 

29,603

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contributed equity

 

11,322

 

(645

)

i

 

8

 

 

10,685

 

Reserves

 

802

 

(18

)

e, g, j

 

42

 

 

826

 

Retained profits

 

15,770

 

(2,013

)

 

 

228

 

 

13,985

 

Total equity (parent entity interest)

 

27,894

 

(2,676

)

 

 

278

 

 

25,496

 

Minority interest in controlled entities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Life insurance business

 

4,107

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,107

 

Total equity

 

32,001

 

(2,676

)

 

 

278

 

 

29,603

 

 

Certain previously disclosed AGAAP balances have been amended where it has been identified that trade date accounting has been incorrectly applied to repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements. The adjustments to the 31 March 2005 AGAAP balance sheet to correct the asset position are a $420 million decrease to “Trading securities”, and a $159 million increase to “Other assets”. The adjustments to the liability position are a $159 million increase to “Other financial liabilities at fair value” and a $420 million decrease to “Other liabilities”.

 

60



 

RECONCILIATION OF TOTAL EQUITY AS AT 31 MARCH 2005

 

 

 

$m

 

Total equity as reported under Australian GAAP as at 31 March 2005

 

32,001

 

 

 

 

 

Total adjustments to equity as at 1 October 2004

 

(2,676

)

 

 

 

 

AIFRS adjustments to net profit for the half year ended 31 March 2005

 

223

 

 

 

 

 

AIFRS adjustments to equity for the half year ended 31 March 2005

 

 

 

Impacts on retained earnings

 

 

 

Actuarial movements on defined benefit pension plans

 

(68

)

Derecognition of dividend income and realised gains/losses on treasury shares

 

10

 

Transfer from asset revaluation reserve

 

31

 

Transfer to foreign currency translation reserve

 

32

 

 

 

 

 

Impacts on contributed equity

 

 

 

Recognition of share-based payments

 

1

 

Derecognition of treasury shares

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

Impacts on reserves

 

 

 

Adjustment to executive share option reserve

 

36

 

Adjustment to foreign currency translation reserve

 

37

 

Adjustment to asset revaluation reserve

 

(31

)

Total adjustments to equity for the half year ended 31 March 2005

 

278

 

Total equity measured under AIFRS as at 31 March 2005

 

29,603

 

 

61



 

Financial Report - Note 1: Accounting Policies

 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET RECONCILIATION - 30 SEPTEMBER 2005

 

 

 

AGAAP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AIFRS

 

 

 

30 Sep 2005

 

Transition

 

Ref

 

Measurement

 

Reclassification

 

30 Sep 2005

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and liquid assets

 

8,430

 

11

 

 

 

 

 

8,441

 

Due from other banks

 

15,477

 

 

 

 

 

118

 

15,595

 

Trading derivatives

 

13,959

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,959

 

Trading securities

 

15,075

 

4

 

c

 

3

 

72

 

15,154

 

Investments - available for sale

 

3,857

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

3,860

 

Investments - held to maturity

 

7,466

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,466

 

Investments relating to life insurance business

 

50,500

 

(553

)

i

 

(164

)

 

49,783

 

Loans and advances

 

260,053

 

5,572

 

c, v

 

262

 

(1,213

)

264,674

 

Due from customers on acceptances

 

27,627

 

 

 

 

 

 

27,627

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

1,974

 

(24

)

v

 

(3

)

1,882

 

3,829

 

Investments in associates and joint ventures

 

75

 

16

 

 

 

 

(75

)

16

 

Goodwill and other intangible assets

 

522

 

4,176

 

b, f

 

146

 

614

 

5,458

 

Regulatory deposits

 

118

 

 

 

 

 

(118

)

 

Deferred tax assets

 

1,430

 

458

 

c, d

 

(154

)

 

1,734

 

Other assets

 

11,942

 

(5,418

)

a, b, c, h, v

 

(239

)

(1,283

)

5,002

 

Total assets

 

418,505

 

4,242

 

 

 

(149

)

 

422,598

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due to other banks

 

36,322

 

 

 

 

 

 

36,322

 

Trading derivatives

 

12,407

 

 

c

 

206

 

 

12,613

 

Other financial liabilities at fair value

 

(201

)

 

 

 

 

1,688

 

1,487

 

Deposits and other borrowings

 

209,079

 

2,179

 

c

 

1,299

 

 

212,557

 

Liability on acceptances

 

27,627

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

27,627

 

Life insurance policy liabilities

 

42,123

 

 

 

 

 

 

42,123

 

Current tax liabilities

 

131

 

8

 

d

 

 

 

145

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

1,250

 

46

 

b, c, d

 

(70

)

 

1,226

 

Provisions

 

1,823

 

48

 

a, v

 

(24

)

 

1,847

 

Bonds, notes and subordinated debt

 

39,238

 

3,533

 

c

 

(1,281

)

 

41,490

 

Other debt issues

 

1,559

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,559

 

Defined benefit pension scheme liabilities

 

 

1,279

 

a

 

(301

)

 

978

 

Other liabilities

 

12,867

 

(175

)

c, d, v

 

66

 

(1,688

)

11,070

 

Total liabilities

 

384,225

 

6,918

 

 

 

(99

)

 

391,044

 

Net assets

 

34,280

 

(2,676

)

 

 

(50

)

 

31,554

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contributed equity

 

11,486

 

(645

)

i

 

14

 

 

10,855

 

Reserves

 

667

 

(18

)

a, e, g, j

 

165

 

 

814

 

Retained profits

 

15,903

 

(2,013

)

 

 

(229

)

 

13,661

 

Total equity (parent entity interest)

 

28,056

 

(2,676

)

 

 

(50

)

 

25,330

 

Minority interest in controlled entities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Life insurance business

 

6,224

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,224

 

Total equity

 

34,280

 

(2,676

)

 

 

(50

)

 

31,554

 

 

Certain previously disclosed AGAAP balances have been amended where it has been identified that trade date accounting has been incorrectly applied to repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements. The adjustments to the 30 September 2005 AGAAP balance sheet to correct the asset position are a $882 million decrease to “Trading securities”, and a $201 million increase to “Other assets”. The adjustments to the liability position are a $201 million increase to “Other financial liabilities at fair value” and a $882 million decrease to “Other liabilities”.

 

62



 

RECONCILIATION OF TOTAL EQUITY AS AT 30 SEPTEMBER 2005

 

 

 

$m

 

Total equity as reported as at 30 September 2005

 

34,280

 

 

 

 

 

Total adjustments to equity as at 1 October 2004

 

(2,676

)

 

 

 

 

AIFRS adjustments to net profit for the year ended 30 September 2005

 

(140

)

 

 

 

 

AIFRS adjustments to equity for the year ended 30 September 2005

 

 

 

Impacts on retained earnings

 

 

 

Actuarial movements on defined benefit pension plans

 

(68

)

Derecognition of dividend income and realised gains/losses on treasury shares

 

10

 

Transfer from asset revaluation reserve

 

31

 

Transfer to foreign currency translation reserve

 

(62

)

 

 

 

 

Impacts on contributed equity

 

 

 

Recognition of share-based payments

 

21

 

Derecognition of treasury shares

 

(7

)

 

 

 

 

Impacts on reserves

 

 

 

Adjustment to executive share option reserve

 

76

 

Adjustment to foreign currency translation reserve

 

124

 

Adjustment to asset revaluation reserve

 

(35

)

Total adjustments to equity for the year ended 30 September 2005

 

(50

)

Total equity measured under AIFRS as at 30 September 2005

 

31,554

 

 

63



 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET RECONCILIATION - 1 OCTOBER 2005

 

 

 

AIFRS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AIFRS

 

 

 

30 Sep 2005

 

Ref

 

Transition

 

Ref

 

Reclassification

 

1 Oct 2005

 

 

 

$m

 

 

 

$m

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and liquid assets

 

8,441

 

 

 

 

ix

 

(560

)

7,881

 

Due from other banks

 

15,595

 

 

 

 

ix

 

(12

)

15,583

 

Trading derivatives

 

13,959

 

k(i)

 

330

 

l

 

(35

)

14,254

 

Trading securities

 

15,154

 

 

 

5

 

x, xi

 

(5,512

)

9,647

 

Other financial assets at fair value

 

 

k(v)

 

477

 

ix, l

 

18,463

 

18,940

 

Hedging derivatives

 

 

k(ii)(iv)

 

292

 

xiv

 

353

 

645

 

Investments - available for sale

 

3,860

 

 

 

 

xi

 

45

 

3,905

 

Investments - held to maturity

 

7,466

 

 

 

 

ix, xi

 

(4,389

)

3,077

 

Investments relating to life insurance business

 

49,783

 

q, u

 

9

 

 

 

 

49,792

 

Loans and advances

 

264,674

 

k(iii), l, m

 

(44

)

ix

 

(14,434

)

250,196

 

Due from customers on acceptances

 

27,627

 

m, t

 

(293

)

x

 

6,433

 

33,767

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

3,829

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,829

 

Investments in associates and joint ventures

 

16

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16

 

Goodwill and other intangible assets

 

5,458

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,458

 

Deferred tax assets

 

1,734

 

s

 

173

 

 

 

 

1,907

 

Other assets

 

5,002

 

k(i)(ii)

 

(150

)

xiv

 

79

 

4,931

 

Total assets

 

422,598

 

 

 

799

 

 

 

431

 

423,828

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due to other banks

 

36,322

 

 

 

 

xii

 

(418

)

35,904

 

Trading derivatives

 

12,613

 

k(i)

 

474

 

 

 

 

13,087

 

Other financial liabilities at fair value

 

1,487

 

k(v), n

 

311

 

xii

 

9,295

 

11,093

 

Hedging derivatives

 

 

k(ii)(iv)

 

(25

)

xiii

 

2,938

 

2,913

 

Deposits and other borrowings

 

212,557

 

p

 

54

 

xii

 

(8,347

)

204,264

 

Liability on acceptances

 

27,627

 

t

 

(202

)

 

 

 

27,425

 

Life insurance policy liabilities

 

42,123

 

q

 

378

 

xv

 

431

 

42,932

 

Current tax liabilities

 

145

 

s

 

(1

)

 

 

 

144

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

1,226

 

s

 

150

 

 

 

 

1,376

 

Provisions

 

1,847

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,847

 

Bonds, notes and subordinated debt

 

41,490

 

k(iii)

 

235

 

xii

 

(530

)

41,195

 

Other debt issues

 

1,559

 

o

 

879

 

 

 

 

2,438

 

Defined benefit pension scheme liabilities

 

978

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

978

 

Managed fund units on issue

 

 

 

 

 

xiii

 

6,224

 

6,224

 

Other liabilities

 

11,070

 

k(i), p

 

(145

)

xiv

 

(2,938

)

7,987

 

Total liabilities

 

391,044

 

 

 

2,108

 

 

 

6,655

 

399,807

 

Net assets

 

31,554

 

 

 

(1,309

)

 

 

(6,224

)

24,021

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contributed equity

 

10,855

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,855

 

Reserves

 

814

 

k(iv), u

 

(420

)

 

 

 

394

 

Retained profits

 

13,661

 

 

 

(889

)

 

 

 

12,772

 

Total equity (parent entity interest)

 

25,330

 

 

 

(1,309

)

 

 

 

24,021

 

Minority interest in controlled entities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Life insurance business

 

6,224

 

 

 

 

xiii

 

(6,224

)

 

Total equity

 

31,554

 

 

 

(1,309

)

 

 

(6,224

)

24,021

 

 

64



 

RECONCILIATION OF TOTAL EQUITY AS AT 1 OCTOBER 2005

 

 

 

Ref

 

$m

 

Total equity as measured under AIFRS as at 30 September 2005

 

 

 

31,554

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AIFRS 1 October 2005 adjustments to total equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impacts on retained profits

 

 

 

 

 

Recognition of non-hedging derivatives

 

(k)(i)

 

(111

)

Recognition of fair value hedging derivatives

 

(k)(ii)

 

312

 

Fair value hedge adjustment to underlying hedged items

 

(k)(iii)

 

(353

)

Adjustment to assets and liabilities recorded at “fair value through profit and loss”

 

(k)(v)

 

180

 

Loan loss provisioning

 

(l)

 

384

 

Revenue recognition - effective yield

 

(m)

 

(401

)

Valuation of financial instruments at bid and offer price

 

(n)

 

(16

)

Revaluation of Exchangeable capital units

 

(o)

 

(879

)

Re-recognition of customer-related financial liabilities

 

(p)

 

(76

)

Derecognition of deferred acquisition costs - life insurance entities

 

(q)

 

(384

)

Adjustment to policyholder liabilities due to changes in discount rates

 

(q)

 

17

 

Remeasurement of statutory fund profit

 

(u)

 

417

 

Tax effect of above transitional adjustments

 

(s)

 

21

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impact on reserves

 

 

 

 

 

Recognition of cash flow hedging derivatives within cash flow hedge reserve (gross amount is $6 million)

 

(k)(iv)

 

(3

)

Remeasurement of statutory fund profit

 

u

 

(417

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impact on minority interest

 

 

 

 

 

Reclassification of minority interest to liabilities

 

(r), xii

 

(6,224

)

Total adjustments to equity as at 1 October 2005

 

 

 

(7,533

)

Total equity measured under AIFRS as at 1 October 2005

 

 

 

24,021

 

 

65



 

Financial Report - Note 2: Segment Information

 

2. SEGMENT INFORMATION

 

The following segment information is disclosed in accordance with Australian Accounting Standard AASB114 “Segment Reporting”.  For the purposes of this note, a business/primary operating segment is defined as a component of an enterprise about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker, or decision making group, in assessing performance.  The Group results are based on the business segments as reviewed separately by the chief operating decision maker, the Managing Director and Group Chief Executive, as well as other members of senior management.

 

The Group is organised into four operating segments, which are managed along regional lines: Total Australia, Total United Kingdom and Total New Zealand, which include banking and wealth management products; as well as Institutional Markets & Services (IMS) (which is managed globally). IMS comprises Markets, Corporate Loan Portfolio, Structured Products, Credit Products, Financial Institutions and a Support Services unit, to provide products across the Group’s business base. With the exception of Financial Institutions, the client relationships served by IMS are maintained within the regional structures across the Group.  The Group’s ‘Other’ business segment includes Corporate Centre and Group Funding, which are not considered to be separate reportable operating segments.  Corporate Centre comprises Financial & Risk Management, People & Culture, and Group Development.

 

Revenues, expenses and tax directly associated with each business segment are included in determining their result. Transactions between business segments are based on agreed recharges between segments operating within the same country and are at arm’s length between segments operating in different countries.

 

Business Segments

 

 

 

Total
Australia

 

Total
UK

 

Total
New
Zealand

 

Institutional
Markets &
Services

 

Other

 

Inter-
segment
eliminations

 

Total
Group

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Half year ended 31 March 2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Segment Revenue (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Segment Result

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Half year ended 30 September 2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Segment Revenue (1)

 

8,929

 

1,423

 

648

 

667

 

70

 

(108

)

11,629

 

Segment Result

 

895

 

191

 

154

 

187

 

(193

)

-

 

1,234

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Half year ended 31 March 2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Segment Revenue (1)

 

6,747

 

3,994

 

643

 

762

 

114

 

(125

)

12,135

 

Segment Result

 

1,099

 

1,439

 

153

 

316

 

(249

)

-

 

2,758

 

 


(1)  Includes net interest income, total other income and premium and related revenue, and investment revenue from Net Life Insurance income.

 

66



 

Financial Report - Note 3: Revenue

 

3. REVENUE (1)

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

 

 

Mar 06

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gains less losses on financial instruments at fair value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trading income

 

 

 

293

 

346

 

Ineffectiveness on hedging instruments

 

 

 

 

 

Other fair value movements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

293

 

346

 

Other operating income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends received

 

 

 

2

 

 

Profit on sale of property, plant and equipment

 

 

 

59

 

5

 

Loan fees

 

 

 

774

 

749

 

Money transfer fees

 

 

 

300

 

322

 

Foreign exchange income / (expense)

 

 

 

39

 

(17

)

Fees and commissions

 

 

 

760

 

768

 

Fleet service fees

 

 

 

79

 

75

 

Rentals received on leased vehicle assets

 

 

 

379

 

361

 

Investment management fees

 

 

 

175

 

174

 

Other income

 

 

 

127

 

120

 

 

 

 

 

2,694

 

2,557

 

 


(1)  As part of the transition to AIFRS, the Group has reviewed the classification of items within the above note. As a result, certain items have been reclassified to a more descriptive line item. In particular $157 million in March 2005 and $150 million in September 2005 have been transferred from Money transfer fees to Fees and commissions. Note there have been no changes at the total revenue level other than the AIFRS measurement adjustments set out in Note 1(b).

 

67



 

Financial Report - Note 4: Operating Expenses

 

4. OPERATING EXPENSES (1)

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

 

 

Mar 06

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Personnel expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries and related on costs

 

 

 

1,525

 

1,527

 

Equity based payments

 

 

 

60

 

37

 

Superannuation (2)

 

 

 

126

 

171

 

Other

 

 

 

188

 

173

 

 

 

 

 

1,899

 

1,908

 

Occupancy expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rental on operating leases

 

 

 

168

 

174

 

Other

 

 

 

94

 

103

 

 

 

 

 

262

 

277

 

General expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Advertising and marketing

 

 

 

116

 

112

 

Operational risk losses (3)

 

 

 

165

 

40

 

Communications, postage and stationery

 

 

 

199

 

200

 

Depreciation and amortisation

 

 

 

205

 

213

 

Depreciation on leased vehicle assets

 

 

 

279

 

266

 

Fees and commissions

 

 

 

108

 

68

 

Computer equipment and software

 

 

 

120

 

124

 

Rental on operating leases

 

 

 

52

 

51

 

Professional fees

 

 

 

250

 

200

 

Travel

 

 

 

37

 

37

 

Freight and cartage

 

 

 

40

 

43

 

Motor vehicle expenses

 

 

 

12

 

15

 

Insurance

 

 

 

16

 

19

 

Data communication & processing charges

 

 

 

48

 

48

 

Impairment of goodwill

 

 

 

 

 

Other (4)

 

 

 

285

 

281

 

 

 

 

 

1,932

 

1,717

 

Total

 

 

 

4,093

 

3,902

 

 


(1)  As part of the transition to AIFRS, the Group has reviewed the classification of items within the above note. As a result, certain items have been reclassified to a more descriptive line item predominantly out of ‘General expenses - Other’. Note there have been no changes at the total expenses level other than the AIFRS measurement adjustments set out in Note 1(b).

(2)  Included within superannuation expenses are defined benefit pension costs for September 2005 half year $34m and March 2005 half year $95m.

(3)  September 2005 half year includes costs relating to fee refunds for Choice package ($81m), BAD tax ($4m) and fixed rate interest only loans ($26m). March 2005 half year includes costs relating to fee refunds for BAD tax ($10m).

(4)  Other expenses in the March 2005 half year includes self-insurance costs relating to the Northern Bank robbery ($49m) and the South Korea legal action ($49m).

 

68



 

Financial Report - Note 5: Income Tax Expense

 

5. INCOME TAX EXPENSE

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

 

 

Mar 06

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Group

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit before income tax expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

 

 

1,987

 

1,772

 

Overseas

 

 

 

784

 

1,873

 

Add/deduct: (Profit)/loss before income tax expense attributable to the life insurance statutory funds and their controlled trusts

 

 

 

(1,106

)

(544

)

Total profit excluding that attributable to the statutory funds of the life insurance business, before income tax expense

 

 

 

1,665

 

3,101

 

Prima facie income tax at 30%

 

 

 

500

 

930

 

Tax effect of amounts not deductible/(assessable):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assessable foreign income

 

 

 

5

 

7

 

Non-allowable depreciation on buildings

 

 

 

4

 

3

 

Rebate of tax on dividends, interest etc

 

 

 

(13

)

(16

)

Foreign tax rate differences

 

 

 

25

 

11

 

Deferred tax assets not recognised/(recognised)

 

 

 

(45

)

35

 

Prior periods adjustments to income tax expense

 

 

 

(32

)

3

 

Interest expense on exchangeable capital units

 

 

 

15

 

16

 

Non-assessable branch income

 

 

 

(27

)

(17

)

Derecognition of treasury shares

 

 

 

16

 

10

 

Profit on sale of Irish Banks

 

 

 

21

 

(393

)

Settlement of tax dispute on TrUEPrSSM (1)

 

 

 

97

 

 

Other

 

 

 

67

 

(48

)

Total income tax expense on profit excluding that attributable to the statutory funds of the life insurance business

 

 

 

633

 

541

 

Income tax expense/(revenue) attributable to the statutory funds of the life insurance business

 

 

 

448

 

192

 

Total income tax expense

 

 

 

1,081

 

733

 

Effective tax rate, excluding statutory funds attributable to the life insurance business

 

 

 

38.0

%

17.4

%

 


(1)  TrUEPrSSM is a service mark of Merill Lynch & Co., Inc.

 

69



 

Financial Report - Note 6: Dividends and Distributions

 

6. DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Franked

 

Foreign

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amount

 

amount

 

source

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

per

 

per

 

dividend

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

share

 

share

 

per share

 

amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

cents

 

%

 

%

 

$m

 

Dividends on ordinary shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interim dividend declared in respect of the six months ended 31 March 2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Final dividend paid in respect of the year ended 30 September 2005

 

 

 

 

 

83

 

80

 

20

 

1,327

 

Interim dividend paid in respect of the six months ended 31 March 2005

 

 

 

 

 

83

 

80

 

20

 

1,297

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total dividends paid or payable in respect of the year ended 30 September 2005

 

 

 

 

 

166

 

 

 

 

 

2,624

 

 

 

 

31 Mar 06

 

30 Sep 05

 

31 Mar 05

 

 

 

Amount

 

 

 

Amount

 

 

 

Amount

 

 

 

 

 

per

 

Total

 

per

 

Total

 

per

 

Total

 

 

 

security

 

amount

 

security

 

amount

 

security

 

amount

 

 

 

cents

 

$m

 

cents

 

$m

 

cents

 

$m

 

Distributions on other equity instruments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

National Income Securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Distributions for the six months ended

 

 

 

 

 

345

 

69

 

335

 

67

 

Trust Preferred Securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Distributions for the six months ended

 

 

 

 

 

6,500

 

26

 

7,000

 

28

 

Trust Preferred Securities II (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Distributions for the six months ended

 

 

 

 

 

1,750

 

14

 

 

 

 


(1)  On 23 March 2005, 800,000 Trust Preferred Securities of US$1,000 were issued. No distributions were payable for the six months ended 31 March 2005.

 

70



 

Financial Report - Note 7: Gross Loans, Advances & Acceptances

 

7. GROSS LOANS, ADVANCES & ACCEPTANCES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As at

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31 Mar 06

 

30 Sep 05

 

31 Mar 05

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Gross loans & advances at amortised cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

269,198

 

255,291

 

Unearned income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,106

)

(1,912

)

Provision for doubtful debts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,418

)

(2,405

)

Net loans & advances

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

264,674

 

250,974

 

Securitised loans (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,912

 

5,393

 

 


(1)  From 1 October 2004 the AIFRS consolidation rules required the Group to consolidate securitisation special purpose entities that were not previously consolidated under AGAAP. As a result of structural changes to certain entities made during the 2005 year, a number of special purpose entities were deconsolidated from 1 October 2005. These amounts are embedded within gross loans & advances.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

New

 

United

 

 

 

Total

 

By product & region

 

Australia

 

Europe

 

Zealand

 

States

 

Asia

 

Group

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

As at 31 March 2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Housing lending

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Term lending

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Overdrafts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Leasing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit cards

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross loans & advances

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acceptances

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total gross loans, advances & acceptances

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross loans & advances

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans at amortised cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans at fair value (2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross loans & advances

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


(2)  On the balance sheet this amount is included within other financial assets at fair value.

 

71



 

By product & region

 

Australia

 

Europe

 

New
Zealand

 

United
States

 

Asia

 

Total
Group

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

As at 30 September 2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Housing lending (1)

 

117,718

 

17,175

 

16,393

 

 

494

 

151,780

 

Term lending (1)

 

32,824

 

22,675

 

15,572

 

2,241

 

1,143

 

74,455

 

Overdrafts

 

5,036

 

5,809

 

1,457

 

 

 

12,302

 

Leasing

 

10,102

 

6,065

 

29

 

 

17

 

16,213

 

Credit cards

 

4,194

 

1,524

 

1,051

 

 

 

6,769

 

Other

 

6,248

 

1,289

 

114

 

 

28

 

7,679

 

Gross loans & advances

 

176,122

 

54,537

 

34,616

 

2,241

 

1,682

 

269,198

 

Acceptances

 

27,612

 

15

 

 

 

 

27,627

 

Total gross loans, advances & acceptances

 

203,734

 

54,552

 

34,616

 

2,241

 

1,682

 

296,825

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As at 31 March 2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Housing lending (1)

 

109,605

 

15,289

 

15,399

 

 

617

 

140,910

 

Term lending (1)

 

30,613

 

22,702

 

14,407

 

2,758

 

1,975

 

72,455

 

Overdrafts

 

4,651

 

5,261

 

1,326

 

 

 

11,238

 

Leasing

 

9,420

 

6,204

 

21

 

 

21

 

15,666

 

Credit cards

 

4,213

 

1,542

 

1,066

 

 

 

6,821

 

Other

 

4,345

 

2,435

 

1,005

 

 

416

 

8,201

 

Gross loans & advances

 

162,847

 

53,433

 

33,224

 

2,758

 

3,029

 

255,291

 

Acceptances

 

21,498

 

46

 

23

 

 

 

21,567

 

Total gross loans, advances & acceptances

 

184,345

 

53,479

 

33,247

 

2,758

 

3,029

 

276,858

 

 


(1)  Housing lending and term lending balances for 30 September 2005 and 31 March 2005 have been restated to reflect the reclassification of certain personal investment housing loan products previously included within business loan products and classified within term lending. This change has arisen from increased granularity of product data which is now available from the Group’s financial systems which enables these housing loans to be unbundled from the business loan products and reported as housing lending. This results in a reclassification from term lending to housing lending of $10,275 million as at 30 September 2005 and $9,088 million as at 31 March 2005.

 

72



 

Financial Report - Note 8: Doubtful Debts

 

8. DOUBTFUL DEBTS

 

Total charge for doubtful debts by Region

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mar 06

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

 

 

122

 

198

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Europe

 

 

 

108

 

74

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

New Zealand

 

 

 

26

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

 

 

3

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Asia

 

 

 

(6

)

(3

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

 

 

253

 

281

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Movement in provisions for doubtful debts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Half Year to Mar 06

 

Half Year to Sep 05

 

 

 

Specific

 

Collective

 

Total

 

Specific

 

General

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Opening balance - AGAAP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

390

 

2,034

 

2,424

 

Transitional adjustments 1/10/2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Opening balance - AIFRS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

390

 

2,034

 

2,424

 

Transfer to/(from) specific/collective provision

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

184

 

(184

)

 

Bad debts recovered

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

107

 

 

107

 

Bad debts written off

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(300

)

 

(300

)

Charge to income statement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

253

 

253

 

Foreign currency translation and other adjustments (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(23

)

(39

)

(62

)

Total provisions for doubtful debts (2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

358

 

2,064

 

2,422

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Half Year to Mar 06

 

Half Year to Mar 05

 

 

 

Specific

 

Collective

 

Total

 

Specific

 

General

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Opening balance - AGAAP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

412

 

2,116

 

2,528

 

Transitional adjustments 1/10/2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Opening balance - AIFRS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

412

 

2,116

 

2,528

 

Transfer to/(from) specific/collective provision

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

238

 

(238

)

 

Bad debts recovered

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

88

 

 

88

 

Bad debts written off

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(299

)

 

(299

)

Charge to income statement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

281

 

281

 

Provision of controlled entities sold

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(21

)

(92

)

(113

)

Foreign currency translation and other adjustments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(28

)

(33

)

(61

)

Total provisions for doubtful debts (2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

390

 

2,034

 

2,424

 

 


(1)  In 2005, this included a $41 million reduction in the specific provision for doubtful debts that arose on the sale of certain loans during the year.

(2)  Specific provision includes amounts for off balance sheet credit exposures.

 

73



 

Financial Report - Note 9: Asset Quality

 

9. ASSET QUALITY

 

Summary of impaired assets

 

 

 

 

 

As at

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31 Mar 06

 

30 Sep 05

 

31 Mar 05

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross non-accrual loans (1)

 

 

 

 

 

1,022

 

1,115

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross restructured loans

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross assets acquired through security enforcement

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross impaired assets

 

 

 

 

 

1,027

 

1,118

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less: Specific provisions - non-accrual loans

 

 

 

 

 

(316

)

(353

)

 

 

 

 

 

Net impaired assets

 

 

 

 

 

711

 

765

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total impaired assets by region

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As at 31 Mar 06

 

As at 30 Sep 05

 

As at 31 Mar 05

 

 

 

Gross

 

Net

 

Gross

 

Net

 

Gross

 

Net

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

761

 

560

 

757

 

525

 

Europe

 

 

 

 

 

137

 

69

 

172

 

103

 

New Zealand

 

 

 

 

 

103

 

70

 

89

 

67

 

United States

 

 

 

 

 

25

 

12

 

98

 

69

 

Asia

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

2

 

1

 

Total impaired assets

 

 

 

 

 

1,027

 

711

 

1,118

 

765

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Movement in gross impaired assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

New

 

United

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

Europe

 

Zealand

 

States

 

Asia

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Balance at 30 September 2004

 

700

 

333

 

87

 

155

 

1

 

1,276

 

New

 

283

 

44

 

25

 

2

 

1

 

355

 

Written off

 

(63

)

(52

)

(2

)

(1

)

 

(118

)

Returned to performing or repaid

 

(163

)

(60

)

(19

)

(47

)

 

(289

)

Impaired assets of controlled entities sold (2)

 

 

(84

)

 

 

 

(84

)

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

 

(9

)

(2

)

(11

)

 

(22

)

Balance at 31 March 2005

 

757

 

172

 

89

 

98

 

2

 

1,118

 

New

 

204

 

99

 

35

 

1

 

 

339

 

Written off

 

(143

)

(43

)

(4

)

(1

)

(1

)

(192

)

Returned to performing or repaid

 

(57

)

(83

)

(16

)

(74

)

 

(230

)

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

 

(8

)

(1

)

1

 

 

(8

)

Balance at 30 September 2005

 

761

 

137

 

103

 

25

 

1

 

1,027

 

New

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Written off

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Returned to performing or repaid

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross impaired assets at 31 March 2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


(1)  Non-accrual loans are those loans meeting the APRA definition and consist of: retail loans (excluding credit card loans and portfolio managed facilities) which are contractually past due 90 days with security insufficient to cover principal and arrears of interest revenue; non retail loans which are contractually past due and there is sufficient doubt about the ultimate collectibility of principal and interest to warrant the cessation of the recognition of interest revenue; and impaired off-balance sheet credit exposures where current circumstances indicate that losses may be incurred. Unsecured portfolio managed facilities whereby they become non accrual at 180 days.

 

(2)  Impaired assets of the Irish Banks, which were disposed on 28 February 2005.

 

74



 

Gross non-accrual loans to gross loans & acceptances - by region

 

 

 

As at

 

 

 

31 Mar 06

 

30 Sep 05

 

31 Mar 05

 

 

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

Australia

 

 

 

0.37

 

0.41

 

Europe

 

 

 

0.25

 

0.32

 

New Zealand

 

 

 

0.30

 

0.27

 

United States

 

 

 

1.12

 

3.48

 

Asia

 

 

 

0.06

 

0.07

 

Total gross non-accrual loans to gross loans & acceptances (1)

 

 

 

0.34

 

0.40

 

 


(1)  Includes loans at amortised cost plus those at fair value.

 

Group coverage ratios

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net impaired assets to total equity (2)

 

 

 

2.8

 

3.0

 

Net impaired assets to total equity plus collective provision (2) (3)

 

 

 

2.6

 

2.8

 

Specific provision to gross impaired assets

 

 

 

34.9

 

34.9

 

Total provision to gross impaired assets (3)

 

 

 

235.8

 

216.8

 

Collective provision to total risk-weighted assets (3)

 

 

 

0.71

 

0.73

 

Collective provision to credit risk-weighted assets (3) (4)

 

 

 

0.75

 

0.76

 

 


(2)  Total parent entity interest in equity.

(3)  Includes provision against both loans at amortised cost and at fair value.

(4)  From 1 July 2006, a General Reserve for Credit Losses will be established to align with APRA’s proposed benchmark of 0.5% of total risk-weighted credit risk assets (refer Supplementary Information - Capital Adequacy note).

 

The amounts below are not classified as impaired assets and therefore are not included in the summary on the previous page.

 

Accruing loans 90 days past due - by region

 

 

 

As at

 

 

 

31 Mar 06

 

30 Sep 05

 

31 Mar 05

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Australia

 

 

 

671

 

734

 

Europe

 

 

 

123

 

124

 

New Zealand

 

 

 

25

 

22

 

Asia

 

 

 

 

4

 

Total 90 day past due loans (5)

 

 

 

819

 

884

 

 


(5)  Accruing loans 90 days past due includes gross portfolio-managed facilities past due 90 to 180 days.

 

75



 

Financial Report - Notes 10 & 11

 

10. DETAILS OF ASSOCIATES AND JOINT VENTURE ENTITIES

 

Interests in associates

 

Interests in joint venture entities

 

11. DETAILS OF CONTROLLED ENTITIES ACQUIRED OR DISPOSED OF DURING THE PERIOD

 

The sale of Northern Bank Limited and National Irish Bank Limited (the Irish Banks) to Danske Bank A/S was completed on 28 February 2005 generating a profit on sale after all disposal costs, including taxation, of $1,320 million (ie $1,276 after tax in the March 2005 half plus $44 million after tax in the September 2005 half).  Under the terms of the sale agreement, the Company has certain indemnification obligations and standard warranties that survive the completion of the sale.

 

Transitional services are provided to Danske Bank A/S in respect of the Irish Banks to assist in the smooth transition of ownership of those businesses.  Transitional services are provided at cost and are expected to be in place for up to 18 months from the date of sale.

 

76



 

Financial Report - Note 12: Deposits & Other Borrowings

 

12. DEPOSITS & OTHER BORROWINGS

 

 

 

As at 31 Mar 06

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

New

 

United

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

Europe

 

Zealand

 

States

 

Asia

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

By product & region

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits not bearing interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

On-demand and short-term deposits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Certificates of deposit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Term deposits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total deposits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Borrowings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total deposits and other borrowings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total deposits and other borrowings at cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total deposits at fair value (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total deposits and other borrowings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


(1)  On the balance sheet this amount is included within “Other financial liabilities at fair value”.

 

 

 

 

As at 30 Sep 05

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

New

 

United

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

Europe

 

Zealand

 

States

 

Asia

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

By product & region

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits not bearing interest

 

6,544

 

3,248

 

595

 

592

 

2

 

10,981

 

On-demand and short-term deposits

 

51,694

 

22,529

 

7,485

 

2,247

 

747

 

84,702

 

Certificates of deposit

 

13,934

 

8,936

 

3,424

 

475

 

 

26,769

 

Term deposits

 

34,065

 

10,061

 

13,092

 

3,063

 

3,294

 

63,575

 

Total deposits

 

106,237

 

44,774

 

24,596

 

6,377

 

4,043

 

186,027

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

2,429

 

1,874

 

 

805

 

 

5,108

 

Borrowings

 

13,638

 

 

1,576

 

6,208

 

 

21,422

 

Total deposits and other borrowings

 

122,304

 

46,648

 

26,172

 

13,390

 

4,043

 

212,557

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As at 31 Mar 05

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

New

 

United

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

Europe

 

Zealand

 

States

 

Asia

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

By product & region

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits not bearing interest

 

6,209

 

3,317

 

522

 

488

 

2

 

10,538

 

On-demand and short-term deposits

 

47,338

 

21,513

 

7,650

 

2,512

 

2,266

 

81,279

 

Certificates of deposit

 

22,563

 

8,263

 

3,175

 

468

 

 

34,469

 

Term deposits

 

32,798

 

9,593

 

12,456

 

3,906

 

3,526

 

62,279

 

Total deposits

 

108,908

 

42,686

 

23,803

 

7,374

 

5,794

 

188,565

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

2,000

 

1,493

 

 

242

 

 

3,735

 

Borrowings

 

13,072

 

366

 

2,093

 

405

 

 

15,936

 

Total deposits and other borrowings

 

123,980

 

44,545

 

25,896

 

8,021

 

5,794

 

208,236

 

 

77



 

Financial Report - Note 13: Contributed Equity

 

13. CONTRIBUTED EQUITY AND RESERVES

 

 

 

As at

 

 

 

31 Mar 06

 

30 Sep 05

 

31 Mar 05

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Contributed equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issued and paid-up share capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ordinary shares, fully paid

 

 

 

6,921

 

6,751

 

Ordinary shares, partly paid to 25 cents (1)

 

 

 

 

 

Other contributed equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

National Income Securities

 

 

 

1,945

 

1,945

 

Trust Preferred Securities

 

 

 

975

 

975

 

Trust Preferred Securities II

 

 

 

1,014

 

1,014

 

 

 

 

 

10,855

 

10,685

 

 


(1)  Ordinary shares, partly paid to 25 cents have a value of less than $1 million.

 

 

 

 

As at

 

 

 

31 Mar 06

 

30 Sep 05

 

31 Mar 05

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Movements in contributed equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ordinary share capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

6,921

 

6,751

 

7,271

 

AIFRS transition adjustment (derecognition of treasury shares)

 

 

 

(645

)

Restated opening balance

 

6,921

 

6,751

 

6,626

 

Shares issued

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividend reinvestment plan

 

 

 

102

 

103

 

Executive share option plan no. 2

 

 

 

30

 

14

 

Paying up of partly paid shares

 

 

 

1

 

 

Exchangeable capital units converted

 

 

 

31

 

 

(Purchase)/sale and vesting of treasury shares

 

 

 

(14

)

7

 

Current period equity based payments expense vested immediately

 

 

 

3

 

1

 

Transfer on vesting of equity based payments

 

 

 

17

 

 

Balance at end of period

 

 

 

6,921

 

6,751

 

National Income Securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

 

 

1,945

 

1,945

 

Movement during period

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

 

 

 

1,945

 

1,945

 

Trust Preferred Securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

 

 

975

 

975

 

Movement during period

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

 

 

 

975

 

975

 

Trust Preferred Securities II

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

 

 

1,014

 

 

Movement during period

 

 

 

 

1,014

 

Balance at end of period

 

 

 

1,014

 

1,014

 

 

78



 

Financial Report - Note 13: Contributed Equity

 

 

 

As at

 

 

 

31 Mar 06

 

30 Sep 05

 

31 Mar 05

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Reserves

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

General reserve

 

 

 

1,111

 

920

 

Asset revaluation reserve

 

 

 

97

 

100

 

Foreign currency translation reserve

 

 

 

(504

)

(264

)

Equity based payments reserve

 

 

 

110

 

70

 

Total reserves

 

 

 

814

 

826

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As at

 

 

 

31 Mar 06

 

30 Sep 05

 

31 Mar 05

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Movements in reserves

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

General reserve

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

1,111

 

920

 

942

 

AIFRS transition adjustment

 

(417

)

 

 

Restated opening balance

 

694

 

920

 

942

 

Transfer from/(to) retained profits

 

 

 

191

 

(22

)

Balance at end of period

 

 

 

1,111

 

920

 

Asset revaluation reserve

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

97

 

100

 

86

 

AIFRS transition adjustment

 

 

 

114

 

Restated opening balance

 

97

 

100

 

200

 

Revaluation of land and buildings

 

 

 

(6

)

 

Tax on revaluation adjustments

 

 

 

3

 

 

Transfer to retained profits

 

 

 

 

 

Transfer to retained profits on sale of controlled entities

 

 

 

 

(100

)

Balance at end of period

 

 

 

97

 

100

 

Cash flow hedge reserve

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

 

 

 

AIFRS transition adjustment

 

(3

)

 

 

Restated opening balance

 

(3

)

 

 

Foreign currency translation reserve

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

(504

)

(264

)

166

 

AIFRS transition adjustment

 

 

 

(166

)

Restated opening balance

 

(504

)

(264

)

 

Currency translation adjustments

 

 

 

(187

)

(351

)

Transfer from retained profits

 

 

 

21

 

27

 

Transfer to income statement on sale of controlled entities

 

 

 

(74

)

60

 

Balance at end of period

 

 

 

(504

)

(264

)

Equity based payments reserve

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

110

 

70

 

 

AIFRS transition adjustment

 

 

 

34

 

Restated opening balance

 

110

 

70

 

34

 

Current period equity based payments expense not yet vested

 

 

 

57

 

36

 

Transfer to ordinary share capital on vesting

 

 

 

(17

)

 

Balance at end of period

 

 

 

110

 

70

 

 

79



 

Financial Report - Note 13: Contributed Equity

 

 

 

As at

 

 

 

31 Mar 06

 

30 Sep 05

 

31 Mar 05

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Reconciliation of Movement in Retained Profits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

13,661

 

13,985

 

14,515

 

AIFRS transition adjustments

 

(889

)

 

(2,013

)

Restated opening balance

 

12,772

 

13,985

 

12,502

 

Actuarial gains/(losses) on defined benefit plans

 

 

 

 

(68

)

Treasury shares adjustment (after tax)

 

 

 

 

10

 

Net profit attributable to members of the Company

 

 

 

1,234

 

2,758

 

Total available for appropriation

 

 

 

15,219

 

15,202

 

Transfer from/(to) general reserve

 

 

 

(191

)

22

 

Transfer from asset revaluation reserve on sale of controlled entities

 

 

 

 

100

 

Transfer to foreign currency translation reserve

 

 

 

(21

)

(27

)

Dividends paid

 

 

 

(1,237

)

(1,217

)

Distributions on other equity instruments

 

 

 

(109

)

(95

)

Balance at end of period

 

 

 

13,661

 

13,985

 

 

80



 

Financial Report - Note 14: Notes to the Cash Flow Statement

 

14. NOTES TO THE CASH FLOW STATEMENT

 

(a)   Reconciliation of net profit attributable to members of the Company to net cash provided by/(used in) operating activities

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

 

 

Mar 06

 

Mar 05

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

Net profit attributable to members of the Company

 

 

 

2,758

 

Add/(deduct): Non-cash items

 

 

 

 

 

Decrease/(increase) in interest receivable

 

 

 

132

 

Increase/(decrease) in interest payable

 

 

 

(55

)

Increase/(decrease) in unearned income

 

 

 

(61

)

Fair value movements

 

 

 

 

 

Assets, liabilities and derivatives designated at fair value through profit and loss

 

 

 

(1,158

)

Increase/(decrease) in personnel provisions

 

 

 

230

 

Increase/(decrease) in other operating provisions

 

 

 

68

 

Equity based payments expense recognised in equity or reserves

 

 

 

37

 

Charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

 

 

281

 

Depreciation and amortisation expense

 

 

 

479

 

Movement in life insurance policyholder liabilities

 

 

 

2,865

 

Unrealised (gain)/loss on investments relating to life insurance business

 

 

 

(2,120

)

Decrease/(increase) in other assets

 

 

 

(205

)

Increase/(decrease) in other liabilities

 

 

 

(742

)

Increase/(decrease) in income tax payable

 

 

 

156

 

Increase/(decrease) in deferred tax liabilities

 

 

 

(56

)

Decrease/(increase) in deferred tax assets

 

 

 

(127

)

Add/(deduct): Operating cash flows items not included in profit

 

 

 

(8,500

)

Add/(deduct): Investing or financing cash flows included in profit

 

 

 

 

 

(Profit)/loss on sale of controlled entities, before income tax expense/(benefit)

 

 

 

(1,261

)

(Profit)/loss on investments classified as available-for-sale and held to maturity

 

 

 

4

 

(Profit)/loss on sale of property, plant, equipment and other assets

 

 

 

(4

)

Write-off of property, plant, equipment and other assets

 

 

 

1

 

Net cash provided by/(used in) operating activities

 

 

 

(7,278

)

 

(b) Reconciliation of cash and cash equivalents

 

For the purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash and liquid assets, due from other banks and due to other banks.

 

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period as shown in the statement of cash flows relates to the following items on the statement of financial position:

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and liquid assets

 

 

 

6,941

 

Treasury and other eligible bills

 

 

 

 

Due from other banks, excluding mandatory deposits with supervisory central banks

 

 

 

18,519

 

 

 

 

 

25,460

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

Due to other banks

 

 

 

(35,020

)

Total cash and cash equivalents

 

 

 

(9,560

)

 

Cash comprises cash on hand and demand deposits. Cash equivalents are short-term, highly liquid investments that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and which are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.

 

81



 

(c)   Non-cash financing and investing activities

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

 

 

Mar 06

 

Mar 05

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

New share issues

 

 

 

 

 

Dividend reinvestment plan

 

 

 

103

 

Bonus share plan

 

 

 

72

 

Movement in assets under finance lease

 

 

 

1

 

 

(d)   Financing arrangements

 

The Group held no standby lines of credit or other financing arrangements for the 31 March 2005 half year.

 

(e)   Sale of controlled entities

 

The following sales were made during the half year to 31 March 2005:

      A controlled entity, National Europe Holdings (Ireland) Limited, the immediate parent of Northern Bank Limited and National Irish Bank Limited was sold on 28 February 2005;

 

The operating results of the controlled entities have been included in the Group’s Income Statement up to the date of sale. Details of the sales were as follows:

 

 

 

Mar 06

 

Mar 05

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

Cash consideration received

 

 

 

2,514

 

Net assets of controlled entities sold

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and liquid assets

 

 

 

1,041

 

Due from other banks

 

 

 

1,053

 

Investment - held to maturity

 

 

 

691

 

Loans and advances

 

 

 

13,333

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

 

 

194

 

Other assets

 

 

 

342

 

Due to other banks

 

 

 

(2,113

)

Due to customers

 

 

 

(12,340

)

Provisions

 

 

 

(78

)

Retirement benefit obligations

 

 

 

(286

)

Other liabilities

 

 

 

(874

)

Total net assets of controlled entities sold

 

 

 

963

 

Goodwill

 

 

 

13

 

Foreign currency translation reserve relating to controlled entities sold

 

 

 

60

 

Costs of disposal of controlled entities sold

 

 

 

217

 

Profit/(loss) on sale of controlled entities before income tax expense/(benefit)

 

 

 

1,261

 

 

82



 

Financial Report - Note 16: Disposal Groups Classified as Held for Sale

 

15. CONTINGENT LIABILITIES & COMMITMENTS

 

16. DISPOSAL GROUPS CLASSIFIED AS HELD FOR SALE

 

Description

 

83



 

Financial Report - Note 17: Subsequent Events

 

17. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

84



 

SECTION 6

 

RESULTS FOR THE HALF YEAR ENDED

 

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

 

1. Net Interest Margins and Spreads

86

2. Gross Loans, Advances and Acceptances by Division

87

3. Capital Adequacy

88

4. Net Life Insurance Income

91

5. Full Time Equivalent Employees

92

6. Exchange Rates

93

7. Earnings per Share

94

8. Significant Items

96

9. Reconciliation of Number of Shares

97

10. Funds Under Management & Administration

98

11. Annual Inforce Premiums

99

12. Average Balance Sheet

100

13. Other Items

104

 

85



 

Supplementary information - 1. Net Interest Margins & Spreads

 

1. NET INTEREST MARGINS & SPREADS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fav /

 

Fav /

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unfav)

 

(Unfav)

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Change on

 

Change on

 

 

 

Mar 06

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

 

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

basis pts

 

basis pts

 

Group

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross interest spread (1)

 

 

 

1.70

 

1.71

 

 

 

 

 

Interest forgone on impaired assets

 

 

 

(0.02

)

(0.01

)

 

 

 

 

Net interest spread (2)

 

 

 

1.68

 

1.70

 

 

 

 

 

Benefit of net free liabilities, provisions and equity

 

 

 

0.46

 

0.42

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest margin (3)

 

 

 

2.14

 

2.12

 

 

 

 

 

 


(1)  Gross interest spread represents the difference between the average interest rate earned (inclusive of interest forgone on impaired assets) and the average interest rate incurred on funds.

(2)  Net interest spread represents the difference between the average interest rate earned and the average interest rate incurred on funds.

(3)  Net interest margin is net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets.

 

 

 

Interest earning assets ($bn) (1)

 

 

 

Half Year to Mar 06

 

Half Year to Sep 05

 

Variance

 

 

 

$bn

 

Mix %

 

$bn

 

Mix %

 

$bn

 

%

 

Reconciliation of divisional margins to Group margin

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australian Banking

 

 

 

 

 

158.5

 

49

 

 

 

 

 

UK Banking

 

 

 

 

 

43.1

 

13

 

 

 

 

 

New Zealand Banking

 

 

 

 

 

29.8

 

9

 

 

 

 

 

Institutional Markets & Services

 

 

 

 

 

131.4

 

41

 

 

 

 

 

Other (2)

 

 

 

 

 

(39.7

)

(12

)

 

 

 

 

Group

 

 

 

 

 

323.1

 

100

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income ($m)

 

 

 

Half Year to Mar 06

 

Half Year to Sep 05

 

Variance

 

 

 

$m

 

Mix %

 

$m

 

Mix %

 

$m

 

%

 

Reconciliation of divisional margins to Group margin (cont’d)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australian Banking

 

 

 

 

 

1,958

 

56

 

 

 

 

 

UK Banking

 

 

 

 

 

807

 

23

 

 

 

 

 

New Zealand Banking

 

 

 

 

 

371

 

11

 

 

 

 

 

Institutional Markets & Services

 

 

 

 

 

244

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

Other (2)

 

 

 

 

 

92

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

Group

 

 

 

 

 

3,472

 

100

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest margin

 

Contribution to Group margin (3)

 

 

 

HY Mar 06

 

HY Sep 05

 

Variance

 

HY Mar 06

 

HY Sep 05

 

Variance

 

Reconciliation of divisional margins to Group margin (cont’d)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australian Banking

 

 

 

2.46

%

 

 

 

 

1.21

%

 

 

UK Banking

 

 

 

3.73

%

 

 

 

 

0.50

%

 

 

New Zealand Banking

 

 

 

2.48

%

 

 

 

 

0.23

%

 

 

Institutional Markets & Services

 

 

 

0.37

%

 

 

 

 

0.15

%

 

 

Other (2)

 

 

 

(0.46

)%

 

 

 

 

0.05

%

 

 

Group

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.14

%

 

 

 


(1)  Interest-earning assets include intercompany balances.

(2)  Other includes the Wealth Management regional operations, Asian Banking, Group Funding, Corporate Centre and Inter-divisional eliminations.

(3)  Divisional net interest margin multiplied by % share of Group average interest-earning assets.

 

86



 

Supplementary Information - 2. Gross Loans, Advances & Acceptances By Division

 

2. GROSS LOANS, ADVANCES & ACCEPTANCES BY DIVISION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

Total

 

New

 

Total

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

Australia

 

UK

 

Zealand

 

IMS

 

Other (1)

 

Group

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

By Division

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As at 31 March 2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Housing lending

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-housing lending (2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total gross loans and advances (2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acceptances

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total gross loans and acceptances

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As at 30 September 2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Housing lending

 

118,107

 

17,175

 

16,361

 

32

 

105

 

151,780

 

Non-housing lending

 

39,903

 

25,890

 

13,142

 

38,460

 

23

 

117,418

 

Total gross loans and advances

 

158,010

 

43,065

 

29,503

 

38,492

 

128

 

269,198

 

Acceptances

 

30,782

 

15

 

 

3,287

 

(6,457

)

27,627

 

Total gross loans and acceptances

 

188,792

 

43,080

 

29,503

 

41,779

 

(6,329

)

296,825

 

As at 31 March 2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Housing lending

 

110,135

 

15,289

 

15,371

 

28

 

87

 

140,910

 

Non-housing lending

 

37,030

 

24,403

 

12,296

 

40,599

 

53

 

114,381

 

Total gross loans and advances

 

147,165

 

39,692

 

27,667

 

40,627

 

140

 

255,291

 

Acceptances

 

27,261

 

46

 

23

 

3,969

 

(9,732

)

21,567

 

Total gross loans and acceptances

 

174,426

 

39,738

 

27,690

 

44,596

 

(9,592

)

276,858

 

 


(1)  Other lending includes Group Funding, Corporate Centre and intra-group elimination entries. Other acceptances includes NAB-issued acceptances bought back by NAB that at 30 September 2005 and 31 March 2005 were classified within Trading Securities.

(2)  Includes loans accounted for at fair value which are included within other financial assets at fair value in the balance sheet.

 

87



 

Supplementary Information - 3. Capital Adequacy

 

3. CAPITAL ADEQUACY

 

Regulatory capital position

 

Under guidelines issued by APRA, life insurance and funds management activities are excluded from the calculation of risk-weighted assets, and the related controlled entities are deconsolidated for the purposes of calculating capital adequacy. The intangible component of the investment in these controlled entities (the difference between the appraisal value and the embedded value) is deducted from Tier 1 capital, and the embedded value is deducted from the total of eligible Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital. Additionally, any profits from these activities included in the Group’s results are excluded from the determination of Tier 1 capital to the extent that they have not been remitted to the Company in the form of dividends. A reconciliation of capital under the different bases is provided.

 

AIFRS Transitional Arrangements

 

APRA requires regulatory capital to continue to be calculated in accordance with AGAAP until 1 July 2006. As such, the effect to total equity of all material AIFRS transitional adjustments up to 1 October 2005 has been reversed.

 

Under APRA transitional arrangements intended to apply until 1 January 2008, a General Reserve for Credit Losses will be established at 1 July 2006. This will be an appropriation from retained earnings to non distributable reserves and will qualify as Tier 2 capital. The reserve will be calculated on a basis which aligns the Group’s coverage ratios with the APRA benchmark of 0.5% of total risk-weighted credit risk assets. The Group estimates that on a proforma basis, the reserve would amount to $157 million at 1 October 2005 and $XX at 31 March 2006.

 

 

 

As at

 

 

 

31 Mar 06

 

30 Sep 05

 

31 Mar 05

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Reconciliation to shareholder’s funds

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contributed equity

 

 

 

11,486

 

11,322

 

Reserves

 

 

 

667

 

802

 

Retained profits

 

 

 

15,903

 

15,770

 

Minority interest

 

 

 

6,224

 

4,107

 

Total equity per consolidated balance sheet

 

 

 

34,280

(1)

32,001

(1)

Reverse effect to total equity of AIFRS transitional adjustments as at October 1 2004 (2)

 

 

 

 

 

Reverse effect to total equity of AIFRS transitional adjustments for year ended 30 September 2005 (2)

 

 

 

 

 

Reverse effect to total equity of AIFRS transitional adjustments at 1 October 2005 (2)

 

 

 

 

 

Reverse effect of AIFRS during 6 Months to 31 March 2006(2)

 

 

 

 

 

Additional AIFRS impact to contributed equity of exchangeable capital units converted (3)

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign exchange losses on exchangeable capital units

 

 

 

 

 

Treasury Shares

 

 

 

 

 

Pensions actuarial estimate

 

 

 

 

 

Pensions reforms revenue

 

 

 

 

 

Movement in cash flow hedge reserve

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

General provision for doubtful debts (4)

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted total equity per APRA’s transitional arrangements

 

 

 

34,280(1

)

32,001(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Estimated reinvestment under dividend reinvestment plan

 

 

 

152

 

151

 

Less: Goodwill (6)

 

 

 

(522

)

(571

)

Estimated final dividend

 

 

 

(1,304

)

(1,293

)

Intangible assets - Wealth Management (5)

 

 

 

(2,448

)

(2,448

)

Asset revaluation reserve (6)

 

 

 

(18

)

(17

)

Deconsolidation of Wealth Management profits (net of dividends) (5)

 

 

 

(799

)

(305

)

DTA (excluding DTA on the general provision for doubtful debts) (7)

 

 

 

(143

)

(55

)

Non - qualifying minority interest

 

 

 

(6,224

)

(4,107

)

Capitalised expenses

 

 

 

(195

)

(200

)

Tier 1 capital

 

 

 

22,779

 

23,156

 

 

88



 

 

 

As at

 

 

 

31 Mar 06

 

30 Sep 05

 

31 Mar 05

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Asset revaluation reserve (6)

 

 

 

18

 

17

 

General provision for doubtful debts (6)

 

 

 

1,443

 

1,415

 

Perpetual floating rate notes

 

 

 

328

 

324

 

Dated subordinated debts

 

 

 

7,422

 

8,475

 

Exchangeable capital units

 

 

 

1,231

 

1,262

 

Notional revaluation of investment securities to market

 

 

 

(18

)

 

Tier 2 capital

 

 

 

10,424

 

11,493

 

Other deductions (8)

 

 

 

(2,922

)

(2,922

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total regulatory capital

 

 

 

30,281

 

31,727

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Risk-weighted assets - credit risk

 

 

 

276,540

 

266,854

 

Risk-weighted assets - market risk (9)

 

 

 

13,293

 

12,294

 

Total risk-weighted assets (9)

 

 

 

289,833

 

279,148

 

Risk adjusted capital ratios

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1

 

 

 

7.86

%

8.30

%

Tier 2

 

 

 

3.60

%

4.12

%

Deductions

 

 

 

(1.01

)%

(1.05

)%

Total capital

 

 

 

10.45

%

11.37

%

 


(1)  Total equity on an AGAAP basis

(2)  APRA requires regulatory capital to continue to be calculated in accordance with AGAAP until 1 July 2006. All transitional changes to capital as a result of adopting AIFRS on 1 October 2005 have been reversed.

(3)  APRA requires the capital treatment of exchangeable capital units to be consistent with AGAAP on an ongoing basis.

(4)  The adjustment to equity for general provision for doubtful debts arises primarily as a consequence of methodology differences in calculating loan loss provisions. The AGAAP general provision is based on expected losses over the entire expected life of a loan facility using committed exposures.

(5) Per APRA’s transitional arrangements, it was agreed to deduct the value as at 30 September 2005 of the intangible component of the carrying value of the Wealth Management business from Tier 1 Capital until 1 July 2006.

(6)  Consistent with APRA requirements, reported on an AGAAP basis until 1 July 2006.

(7)  APRA requires any excess deferred tax asset (excluding deferred tax asset impact on the general provision for doubtful debts) over deferred tax liabilities be deducted from Tier 1 capital.

(8)  Includes $2,922 million investment in non-consolidated controlled entities, net of intangible component deducted from Tier 1 capital (Sep 05: $2,922 million, Mar 05: $2,922 million).

(9)  Risk-weighted assets - market risk is calculated based on the Standard Method.

 

89



 

 

 

AGAAP Basis

 

 

 

As at

 

 

 

31 Mar 06

 

30 Sep 05

 

31 Mar 05

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Adjusted common equity ratio reconciliation (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 capital

 

 

 

22,779

 

23,156

 

Adjusted for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

National Income Securities

 

 

 

(1,945

)

(1,945

)

Trust Preferred Securities

 

 

 

(975

)

(975

)

Trust Preferred Securities II

 

 

 

(1,014

)

(1,014

)

Other deductions

 

 

 

(2,922

)

(2,922

)

Adjusted common equity

 

 

 

15,923

 

16,300

 

Total risk-weighted assets

 

 

 

289,833

 

279,148

 

Adjusted common equity ratio

 

 

 

5.49

%

5.84

%

 

Wealth Management capital adequacy position

 

The Group conservatively manages the capital adequacy and solvency position of its Wealth Management entities separately from that of the banking business by reference to regulatory and internal requirements.   The majority of the Group’s Wealth Management entities are separately regulated and need to meet APRA’s capital adequacy and solvency standards. In addition, internal Board policy ensures that capital is held in excess of minimum regulatory capital requirements in order to provide a conservative buffer. There are two entities within the Wealth Management group with credit ratings, MLC Lifetime Company Limited and MLC Ltd, both of which have the same Standard and Poor’s long-term credit rating as the National (AA-).

 

The Group also seeks to efficiently manage the capital base of the Wealth Management group and targets conservative levels of financial leverage to enhance shareholder value. The Group targets an overall gearing ratio (debt to debt plus equity) for the Wealth Management group of 20% to 25%, which is consistent with a AA- credit rating. Equity for the purposes of this calculation represents the value of the Group’s investment in Wealth Management plus subordinated hybrid instruments qualifying for equity credit for rating agency purposes (up to a maximum of 15% of total equity). Currently there are no such instruments on issue. As at 31 March 2006, the Wealth Management gearing ratio was xx% (30 September 2005: 21%) and interest cover was xx.x times (30 September 2005:  13.8 times).

 

The total deduction from the Group’s capital position in respect of Wealth Management entities at 31 March 2006 was $x,xxx million (30 September 2005: $6,169; 31 March 2005: $5,675 million). The components of the Wealth Management capital deduction are outlined below.

 

 

 

As at

 

 

 

31 Mar 06

 

30 Sep 05

 

31 Mar 05

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Components of Wealth Management deduction from capital Wealth Management deductions from tier 1 capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Intangible assets (2)

 

 

 

2,448

 

2,448

 

Deconsolidation of Wealth Management profits (net of dividends)

 

 

 

799

 

305

 

Wealth Management deductions from total capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment in non-consolidated controlled entities (net of intangible component deducted from Tier 1)

 

 

 

2,922

 

2,922

 

Total Wealth Management deduction from capital

 

 

 

6,169

 

5,675

 

 


(1)  The ACE Ratio is calculated on an AGAAP basis until 1 July 2006.

(2)  Per APRA’s transitional arrangements, it was agreed to deduct the value as at 30 September 2005 of the intangible component of the carrying value of the Wealth Management business from Tier 1 Capital until 1 July 2006.

 

90



 

Supplementary Information - 4. Net Life Insurance Income

 

4. NET LIFE INSURANCE INCOME

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fav /

 

Fav /

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unfav)

 

(Unfav)

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

Change on

 

Change on

 

 

 

Mar 06

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

%

 

Premium and related revenue

 

 

 

472

 

434

 

 

 

 

 

Investment revenue (1)

 

 

 

4,750

 

2,802

 

 

 

 

 

Life insurance income excluding IORE

 

 

 

5,222

 

3,236

 

 

 

 

 

Claims expense

 

 

 

(303

)

(287

)

 

 

 

 

Change in policy liabilities

 

 

 

(3,499

)

(2,071

)

 

 

 

 

Policy acquisition and maintenance expense

 

 

 

(374

)

(365

)

 

 

 

 

Investment management fees

 

 

 

(15

)

(18

)

 

 

 

 

Life insurance expenses

 

 

 

(4,191

)

(2,741

)

 

 

 

 

Net life insurance income excluding IORE

 

 

 

1,031

 

495

 

 

 

 

 

Investment earnings on shareholders’ retained profits & capital from life businesses (IORE)

 

 

 

83

 

63

 

 

 

 

 

Net life insurance income

 

 

 

1,114

 

558

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense - life insurance funds

 

 

 

(8

)

(14

)

 

 

 

 

Profit of life insurance funds before income tax

 

 

 

1,106

 

544

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax expense - life insurance funds

 

 

 

(448

)

(192

)

 

 

 

 

Net profit of life insurance funds before minority interest

 

 

 

658

 

352

 

 

 

 

 

Net profit attributable to minority interest

 

 

 

(456

)

(154

)

 

 

 

 

Net profit of life insurance funds after minority interest

 

 

 

202

 

198

 

 

 

 

 

 


(1)  Investment revenue excluding investment earnings on shareholders’ retained profits and capital from life businesses.

 

Sources of Operating Profit from Life Companies life insurance funds

 

Life company - planned profit margins

 

 

 

138

 

139

 

 

 

 

 

Life company - experience profit

 

 

 

1

 

11

 

 

 

 

 

Capitalised Losses

 

 

 

(5

)

 

 

 

 

 

Life company operating margins (2)

 

 

 

134

 

150

 

 

 

 

 

Investment earnings on shareholders’ retained profits and capital from life businesses after tax (3)

 

 

 

68

 

48

 

 

 

 

 

Net profit of life insurance funds after outside equity interest

 

 

 

202

 

198

 

 

 

 

 

 


(2)  Reflects operating profit of all business written through life insurance funds, irrespective of the business type (investment or insurance).

(3)  Investment earnings on shareholders’ retained profits and capital from life businesses after Minority Interest.

 

Net life insurance income is the profit before tax excluding net interest income of the life insurance and investments businesses of the life insurance funds of the life insurance companies of the Group.

 

91



 

Supplementary Information - 5. Full Time Equivalent Employees

 

5. FULL TIME EQUIVALENT EMPLOYEES (1)

 

 

 

As at

 

Change on

 

 

 

31 Mar 06

 

30 Sep 05

 

31 Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

 

 

No.

 

No.

 

No.

 

%

 

%

 

By Division

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australian Banking

 

 

 

17,837

 

18,528

 

 

 

 

 

Wealth Management Australia

 

 

 

3,842

 

3,903

 

 

 

 

 

Asia Banking & Wealth Management

 

 

 

449

 

501

 

 

 

 

 

Total Australia

 

 

 

22,128

 

22,932

 

 

 

 

 

Total UK

 

 

 

9,480

 

9,772

 

 

 

 

 

Total New Zealand

 

 

 

4,645

 

4,549

 

 

 

 

 

Institutional Markets & Services

 

 

 

1,920

 

2,005

 

 

 

 

 

Other (incl. Group Funding & Corporate Centre)

 

 

 

760

 

703

 

 

 

 

 

Total full time equivalent employees (FTEs)

 

 

 

38,933

 

39,961

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average half year FTEs

 

 

 

39,395

 

42,591

 

 

 

 

 

 


(1)  Full-time equivalent staff include part-time staff (pro-rated) and non-payroll FTEs (ie. contractors).

 

92



 

Supplementary Information - 6. Exchange Rates

 

6. EXCHANGE RATES

 

Exchange rates

 

 

 

Statement of
Financial Performance
Average
Half Year to

 

 

 

Statement of
Financial Position
Spot as at

 

 

 

 

 

Mar 06

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

31 Mar 06

 

30 Sep 05

 

31 Mar 05

 

British Pounds

 

 

 

0.4198

 

0.4085

 

 

 

0.4326

 

0.4114

 

Euros

 

 

 

0.6165

 

0.5883

 

 

 

0.6329

 

0.5974

 

United States Dollars

 

 

 

0.7642

 

0.7667

 

 

 

0.7617

 

0.7726

 

New Zealand Dollars

 

 

 

1.0863

 

1.0831

 

 

 

1.0991

 

1.0883

 

 

93



 

Supplementary Information - 7. Earnings per Share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7. EARNINGS PER SHARE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

 

 

Mar 06

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

Earnings per Share

 

Basic

 

Diluted (1)

 

Basic

 

Diluted (1) (3)

 

Basic

 

Diluted (1)

 

Earnings ($m)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net profit attributable to members of the Company

 

 

 

 

 

1,234

 

1,234

 

2,758

 

2,758

 

Distributions on other equity instruments

 

 

 

 

 

(109

)

(109

)

(95

)

(95

)

Potential dilutive adjustments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense on exchangeable capital units

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

53

 

Adjusted earnings

 

 

 

 

 

1,125

 

1,125

 

2,663

 

2,716

 

Weighted average ordinary shares (no. ‘000)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average ordinary shares

 

 

 

 

 

1,562,509

 

1,562,509

 

1,555,388

 

1,555,388

 

Treasury shares

 

 

 

 

 

(21,159

)

(21,159

)

(20,555

)

(20,555

Potential dilutive ordinary shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Performance options and performance rights

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,320

 

 

848

 

Staff share allocation and ownership plans

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,484

 

 

1,484

 

Partly paid ordinary shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

326

 

 

361

 

Exchangeable capital units

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

65,452

 

Total weighted average ordinary shares

 

 

 

 

 

1,541,350

 

1,545,480

 

1,534,833

 

1,602,978

 

Earnings per share (cents)

 

 

 

 

 

73.0

 

72.8

 

173.5

 

169.4

 

 


(1)  The weighted average diluted number of ordinary shares includes the impact of performance options, performance rights, partly paid ordinary shares and potential conversion of exchangeable capital units.

(2)  Refer to Section 3 “Financial Review - Divisional Performance Summary” for a reconciliation of cash earnings before significant items to Group net profit.

(3)  During the period ended 30 September 2005, there were 64,373,837 potential ordinary shares as a result of the exchangeable capital units on issue. The exchange capital units have not been included in the diluted earnings per share because they were antidilutive for the period ended 30 September 2005. The exchangeable capital units could potentially dilute basic earnings per share in future periods.

 

94



 

 

 

Half Year to

 

 

 

Mar 06

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

Cash Earnings per Share

 

Basic

 

Diluted (1)

 

Basic

 

Diluted (1) (3)

 

Basic

 

Diluted (1)

 

Earnings ($m)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash earnings before significant items (2)

 

 

 

 

 

1,601

 

1,601

 

1,652

 

1,652

 

Potential dilutive adjustments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense on exchangeable capital units

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

53

 

Adjusted cash earnings before significant items

 

 

 

 

 

1,601

 

1,601

 

1,652

 

1,705

 

Weighted average ordinary shares (no. ‘000)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average ordinary shares

 

 

 

 

 

1,562,509

 

1,562,509

 

1,555,388

 

1,555,388

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Potential dilutive weighted average ordinary shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Performance options and performance rights

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,320

 

 

848

 

Staff share allocation and ownership plans

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,484

 

 

1,484

 

Partly paid ordinary shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

326

 

 

361

 

Exchangeable capital units

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

65,452

 

Total weighted average ordinary shares

 

 

 

 

 

1,562,509

 

1,566,639

 

1,555,388

 

1,623,533

 

Cash earnings before significant items per share (cents)

 

 

 

 

 

102.5

 

102.2

 

106.2

 

105.0

 

 


(1)  The weighted average diluted number of ordinary shares includes the impact of performance options, performance rights, partly paid ordinary shares and potential conversion of exchangeable capital units.

(2)  Refer to Section 3 “Financial Review - Divisional Performance Summary” for a reconciliation of cash earnings before significant items to Group net profit.

(3)  During the period ended 30 September 2005, there were 64,373,837 potential ordinary shares as a result of the exchangeable capital units on issue. The exchange capital units have not been included in the diluted earnings per share because they were antidilutive for the period ended 30 September 2005. The exchangeable capital units could potentially dilute basic earnings per share in future periods.

 

95



 

Supplementary Information - 8. Significant Items

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8. SIGNIFICANT ITEMS

 

 

 

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

 

 

Mar 06

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Disposal of Irish Banks

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from the sale of controlled entities

 

 

 

(21

)

2,514

 

Cost of controlled entities sold

 

 

 

114

 

(1,253

)

Profit on sale of controlled entities

 

 

 

93

 

1,261

 

Income tax (expense)/benefit

 

 

 

(49

)

15

 

Net profit on sale of controlled entities

 

 

 

44

 

1,276

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restructuring expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restructuring expenses

 

 

 

(437

)

(356

)

Income tax benefit

 

 

 

109

 

108

 

Net restructuring expenses

 

 

 

(328

)

(248

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Settlement of tax dispute on TrUEPrSSM

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax expense

 

 

 

(97

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency options trading losses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency options trading losses

 

 

 

 

34

 

Income tax expense

 

 

 

 

(10

)

Net foreign currency options trading losses

 

 

 

 

24

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PfG Restructuring provision

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reversal of PfG restructuring provision

 

 

 

2

 

9

 

Income tax expense

 

 

 

(1

)

(3

)

Net reversal of PfG restructuring provision

 

 

 

1

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Significant items after tax as per Divisional Performance Summary

 

 

 

(380

)

1,058

 

 

96



 

Supplementary Information - 9. Reconciliation of Number of Shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9. RECONCILIATION OF NUMBER OF SHARES

 

 

 

 

Half Year to

 

 

 

Mar 06

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

 

 

No. ‘000

 

No. ‘000

 

No. ‘000

 

Ordinary shares, fully paid

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

 

 

1,558,324

 

1,550,784

 

Shares issued

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividend reinvestment plan

 

 

 

3,233

 

3,683

 

Bonus share plan

 

 

 

1,938

 

2,624

 

Staff share ownership plan

 

 

 

286

 

608

 

Staff share allocation plan

 

 

 

529

 

 

Executive option plan no. 2

 

 

 

1,199

 

596

 

Exchangeable capital units converted

 

 

 

1,609

 

2

 

Paying up of partly paid shares

 

 

 

70

 

27

 

 

 

 

 

1,567,188

 

1,558,324

 

Ordinary shares, partly paid to 25 cents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

 

 

536

 

563

 

Paying up of partly paid shares

 

 

 

(70

)

(27

)

 

 

 

 

466

 

536

 

Closing balance (including treasury shares)

 

 

 

1,567,654

 

1,558,860

 

Less treasury shares

 

 

 

(21,637

)

(20,681

)

Closing balance

 

 

 

1,546,017

 

1,538,179

 

 

97



 

Supplementary Information - 10. Funds under Management & Administration

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10. AUSTRALIA FUNDS UNDER MANAGEMENT & ADMINISTRATION

 

 

 

 

 

Half year ended 31 March 2006

 

 

 

Opening

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Closing

 

Funds under management and

 

balance

 

 

 

 

 

Investment

 

 

 

balance

 

administration (1)

 

Sep 05

 

Inflows

 

Outflows

 

earnings

 

Other (2)

 

Mar 06

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Platforms

 

49,417

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Wholesale

 

19,416

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Management

 

3,948

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Retail & Trustee

 

11,374

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

84,155

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Half year ended 30 September 2005

 

 

 

Opening

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Closing

 

Funds under management and

 

balance

 

 

 

 

 

Investment

 

 

 

balance

 

administration (1)

 

Mar 05

 

Inflows

 

Outflows

 

earnings

 

Other (2)

 

Sep 05

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Platforms

 

44,783

 

4,508

 

(3,465

)

4,976

 

(1,385

)

49,417

 

Wholesale

 

18,196

 

1,830

 

(2,324

)

1,714

 

 

19,416

 

Cash Management

 

3,680

 

6,643

 

(6,463

)

124

 

(36

)

3,948

 

Other Retail & Trustee

 

11,453

 

125

 

(842

)

492

 

146

 

11,374

 

Total

 

78,112

 

13,106

 

(13,094

)

7,306

 

(1,275

)

84,155

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Half year ended 31 March 2005

 

 

 

Opening

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Closing

 

Funds under management and

 

balance

 

 

 

 

 

Investment

 

 

 

balance

 

administration (1)

 

Sep 04

 

Inflows

 

Outflows

 

earnings

 

Other (2)

 

Mar 05

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Platforms

 

41,077

 

4,181

 

(3,402

)

3,312

 

(385

)

44,783

 

Wholesale

 

17,176

 

1,853

 

(1,654

)

821

 

 

18,196

 

Cash Management

 

3,591

 

5,571

 

(5,551

)

104

 

(35

)

3,680

 

Other Retail & Trustee

 

12,188

 

81

 

(874

)

428

 

(370

)

11,453

 

Total

 

74,032

 

11,686

 

(11,481

)

4,665

 

(790

)

78,112

 

 


(1)  Balances have been restated to reflect the reclassification of cash management out of platform, and to include the gross inflows and outflows (instead of net flows).

(2)  Other includes trust distributions and flows due to the sale/purchase of businesses.

 

98



 

Supplementary Information - 11. Annual Inforce Premiums

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11. ANNUAL INFORCE PREMIUMS

 

 

 

Half year ended 31 March 2006

 

Australia Full Year Inforce

 

Opening balance

 

Sales/New

 

Lapses & other

 

Closing balance

 

Premiums

 

Sep 05

 

Business

 

movements

 

Mar 06

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Retail

 

508.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Group Risk

 

125.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

633.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Half year ended 30 September 2005

 

Australia Full Year Inforce

 

Opening balance

 

Sales/New

 

Lapses & other

 

Closing balance

 

Premiums

 

Mar 05

 

Business

 

movements

 

Sep 05

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Retail

 

484.7

 

42.2

 

(18.8

)

508.1

 

Group Risk

 

123.0

 

16.9

 

(14.6

)

125.3

 

Total

 

607.7

 

59.1

 

(33.4

)

633.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Half year ended 31 March 2005

 

Australia Full Year Inforce

 

Opening balance

 

Sales/New

 

Lapses & other

 

Closing balance

 

Premiums

 

Sep 04

 

Business

 

movements

 

Mar 05

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Retail

 

464.9

 

37.0

 

(17.2

)

484.7

 

Group Risk

 

110.7

 

20.3

 

(8.0

)

123.0

 

Total

 

575.6

 

57.3

 

(25.2

)

607.7

 

 

99



 

Supplementary Information - 12. Average Balance Sheet & Related Interest

 

 

 

12. AVERAGE BALANCE SHEET & RELATED INTEREST

 

The following tables set forth the major categories of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, together with their respective interest rates earned or paid by the Group. Averages are predominantly daily averages. Interest income figures include interest income on non-accruing loans to the extent cash payments have been received. Amounts classified as Other International represent interest-earning assets or interest- bearing liabilities of the controlled entities and overseas branches, excluding Europe. Non-accrual loans are included within interest-earning assets within loans and advances.

 

Average assets and interest income

 

 

 

Half Year ended Mar 06

 

Half Year ended Sep 05

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

Average

 

Average

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

balance

 

Interest

 

rate

 

balance

 

Interest

 

rate

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

Interest-earning assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due from other banks

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,355

 

210

 

5.01

 

Europe

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11,605

 

209

 

3.59

 

Other International

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,122

 

43

 

4.04

 

Marketable debt securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

18,191

 

513

 

5.62

 

Europe

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,124

 

196

 

4.28

 

Other International

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,612

 

164

 

4.30

 

Loans and advances - housing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

114,606

 

4,022

 

7.00

 

Europe

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16,045

 

469

 

5.83

 

Other International

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16,669

 

606

 

7.25

 

Loans and advances - non-housing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

53,727

 

2,063

 

7.66

 

Europe

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

36,511

 

1,243

 

6.79

 

Other International

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

22,607

 

840

 

7.41

 

Acceptances (2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Europe

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other interest-earning assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

806

 

44

 

n/a

 

Europe

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,753

 

137

 

n/a

 

Other International

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,366

 

114

 

n/a

 

Total average interest-earning assets and interest revenue by:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

195,685

 

6,852

 

6.98

 

Europe

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

75,038

 

2,254

 

5.99

 

Other International

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

52,376

 

1,767

 

6.73

 

Total average interest-earning assets and interest revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

323,099

 

10,873

 

6.71

 

 


(1)       A change has been made to the classification of certain exposures from Loans and Advances - non-housing to Loans and Advances - housing to ensure consistent classification with the spot balance sheet. Associated interest revenue was also reclassified.

(2)       From 1 October 2005, under AIFRS, acceptances are interest-earning assets and liability on acceptances are interest-bearing liabilities.  Prior to 1 October 2005, acceptances and liability on acceptances were classified as non-interest earning and non-interest bearing, respectively.

 

100



 

Average assets and interest income

 

 

 

Half Year ended Mar 06

 

Half Year ended Sep 05

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

Average

 

Average

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

balance

 

Interest

 

rate

 

balance

 

Interest

 

rate

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

Non-interest-earning assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investments relating to life insurance business (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

44,913

 

 

 

 

 

Other International

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

710

 

 

 

 

 

Acceptances (2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23,648

 

 

 

 

 

Europe

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

36

 

 

 

 

 

Other International

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

19

 

 

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,071

 

 

 

 

 

Europe

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,239

 

 

 

 

 

Other International

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

545

 

 

 

 

 

Other assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

34,184

 

 

 

 

 

Total average non-interest-earning assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

107,365

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for doubtful debts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,490

)

 

 

 

 

Europe

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(702

)

 

 

 

 

Other International

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(245

)

 

 

 

 

Total average assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

428,027

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage of total average interest-earning assets applicable to international operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

39.4

%

 

 

 

 

 


(1)       Included within investments relating to life insurance business are interest-earning debt securities. The interest earned from these securities is reported in life insurance income, and has therefore been treated as non-interest earning for the purposes of this note. The assets and liabilities held in the statutory funds of the Group’s Australian life insurance business are subject to the restrictions of the Life Insurance Act 1995.

(2)       From 1 October 2005, under AIFRS, acceptances are interest-earning assets and liability on acceptances are interest-bearing liabilities.  Prior to 1 October 2005, acceptances and liability on acceptances were classified as non-interest earning and non-interest bearing, respectively.

 

101



 

Average liabilities and interest expense

 

 

 

Half Year ended Mar 06

 

Half Year ended Sep 05

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

Average

 

Average

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

balance

 

Interest

 

rate

 

balance

 

Interest

 

rate

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

Interest-bearing liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Term deposits and certificates of deposit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

53,390

 

1,426

 

5.33

 

Europe

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

19,394

 

498

 

5.12

 

Other International

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23,727

 

670

 

5.63

 

On-demand and savings (short-term) deposits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

48,600

 

994

 

4.08

 

Europe

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21,394

 

234

 

2.18

 

Other International

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,060

 

193

 

3.19

 

Government and Official Institutions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

128

 

2

 

3.12

 

Other International

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

164

 

2

 

2.43

 

Due to other banks

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15,592

 

400

 

5.12

 

Europe

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

17,325

 

403

 

4.64

 

Other International

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,244

 

174

 

3.39

 

Short-term borrowings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

17,450

 

226

 

2.58

 

Europe

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

426

 

8

 

3.75

 

Other International

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,906

 

161

 

3.24

 

Long-term borrowings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

40,631

 

923

 

4.53

 

Other International

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,203

 

34

 

5.64

 

Liability on acceptances (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Europe

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other interest-bearing liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

36

 

734

 

n/a

 

Europe

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

123

 

n/a

 

Other International

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

62

 

138

 

n/a

 

Loan capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

330

 

7

 

4.23

 

Europe

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,237

 

51

 

8.22

 

Total average interest-bearing liabilities and interest expense by:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

176,157

 

4,712

 

5.34

 

Europe

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

59,785

 

1,317

 

4.39

 

Other International

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

57,366

 

1,372

 

4.77

 

Total average interest-bearing liabilities and interest expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

293,308

 

7,401

 

5.03

 

 


(1)       From 1 October 2005, under AIFRS, acceptances are interest-earning assets and liability on acceptances are interest-bearing liabilities.  Prior to 1 October 2005, acceptances and liability on acceptances were classified as non-interest earning and non-interest bearing, respectively.

 

102



 

 

 

Half Year ended Mar 06

 

Half Year ended Sep 05

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

Average

 

Average

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

balance

 

Interest

 

rate

 

balance

 

Interest

 

rate

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

Non-interest-bearing liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits not bearing interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,601

 

 

 

 

 

Europe

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,886

 

 

 

 

 

Other International

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

996

 

 

 

 

 

Liability on acceptances (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23,648

 

 

 

 

 

Europe

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

36

 

 

 

 

 

Other International

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

19

 

 

 

 

 

Life insurance policy liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

38,973

 

 

 

 

 

Other International

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

532

 

 

 

 

 

Other liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30,983

 

 

 

 

 

Total average non-interest-bearing liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

104,674

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ordinary shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,819

 

 

 

 

 

Trust Preferred Securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

975

 

 

 

 

 

Trust Preferred Securities II

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,014

 

 

 

 

 

National Income Securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,945

 

 

 

 

 

Contributed equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,753

 

 

 

 

 

Reserves

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

889

 

 

 

 

 

Retained profits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,786

 

 

 

 

 

Parent entity interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

25,428

 

 

 

 

 

Minority interest in controlled entities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,617

 

 

 

 

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30,045

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

428,027

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage of total average interest-earning liabilities applicable to international operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

39.9

%

 

 

 

 

 


(1)       From 1 October 2005, under AIFRS, acceptances are interest-earning assets and liability on acceptances are interest-bearing liabilities.  Prior to 1 October 2005, acceptances and liability on acceptances were classified as non-interest earning and non-interest bearing, respectively.

 

103



 

Supplementary Information - Note 13: Other items

 

 

 

 

 

13. OTHER ITEMS

 

Restructuring provision

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The table below sets out the movement in the restructuring provision over the March 2006 half year.

 

 

 

 

Redundancies

 

Occupancy

 

Other

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Provision balance as at 30 September 2005

 

293

 

129

 

35

 

457

 

AIFRS Adjustment (1)

 

(32

)

 

 

(32

)

Provision balance as at 30 September 2005

 

261

 

129

 

35

 

425

 

Foreign exchange impact

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Utilisation in March 2006 half year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision balance as at 31 March 2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


(1)  Includes an AIFRS adjustment to the redundancies opening provision of $32 million relating to pension costs.

 

Capitalisation of Software Costs

 

 

 

As at

 

 

 

31 Mar 06

 

30 Sep 05

 

31 Mar 05

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Capitalised application software on the balance sheet

 

 

 

614

 

653

 

 

104



 

 

 

AIFRS Transition Report
8 May 2006

 



 

AIFRS Transition Report - Contents

 

CONTENTS

 

1.

Introduction

3

 

 

 

2.

Overview

4

 

 

 

3.

Key areas of AIFRS impact in the 2005 comparatives

6

 

 

 

4.

Reconciliation of Group performance for 2005

7

 

 

 

5.

Key performance measures

11

 

 

 

6.

Business unit AIFRS reconciliations

12

 

 

 

 

(a)

Australian Banking

12

 

(b)

Wealth Management Australia

14

 

(c)

IMS

16

 

(d)

United Kingdom

18

 

(e)

New Zealand

20

 

(f)

Group Funding and Corporate Centre

22

 

 

 

7.

Key areas of AIFRS impact in 31 March 2006 half year results

23

 

 

 

8.

Group AIFRS reconciliations

25

 

 

 

 

(a)

Narrative commentary

 

 

(b)

Income statement for the six months ended 31 March 2005

32

 

(c)

Income statement for the six months ended 30 September 2005

33

 

(d)

Income statement for the year ended 30 September 2005

34

 

(e)

Balance sheet and reserves reconciliation as at 1 October 2004

35

 

(f)

Balance sheet and reserves reconciliation as at 31 March 2005

37

 

(g)

Balance sheet and reserves reconciliation as at 30 September 2005

39

 

(h)

Balance sheet and reserves reconciliation as at 1 October 2005

41

 

2



 

AIFRS Transition Report - 1 - Introduction

 

1. INTRODUCTION

 

In July 2002 the Financial Reporting Council in Australia formally announced that Australian reporting entities would be required to comply with Australian accounting standards equivalent to International Financial Reporting Standards (AIFRS) and other pronouncements set by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) for financial years commencing on or after January 1, 2005.

 

The 31 March 2006 half year results are the first financial statements produced on an AIFRS basis by the Group. Comparative information is also reported on an AIFRS basis but is not required to comply with AASB 132, “Financial Instruments: Presentation and Disclosure,” (AASB 132), AASB 139, “Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement,” (AASB 139) or AASB 4, “Insurance Contracts,” (AASB 4). These standards have a significant impact on the Group and therefore result in the 2005 comparative information not being directly comparable with March 2006 numbers in certain instances.

 

The Group will announce its 31 March 2006 results on 11 May 2006. In advance of this announcement, the Group has prepared this AIFRS Transition Report in respect of the AIFRS comparative financial information for the six months ended 31 March 2005 and 30 September 2005. At the same time as issuing this Transition Report, consistent with normal practice, the Group has also issued a template of the Profit Announcement that will be used for the Group’s half year results announcement on 11 May 2006. This includes all comparative information on an AIFRS basis.

 

The purpose of this Transition Report is to:

 

                  summarise the key areas of impact for the Group as a result of AIFRS;

                  explain the Group’s definition of cash earnings under AIFRS;

                  provide information, on both a consolidated and regional business unit basis, in respect of the AGAAP to AIFRS adjustments applied to the March 2005 and September 2005 comparative periods; and

                  provide an update in respect of certain other key AIFRS related developments, including loan loss provisioning.

 

3



 

AIFRS Transition Report - 2 – Overview

 

2. OVERVIEW

 

(a) Impact of AIFRS on the Group’s 2005 financial performance

 

The table below compares the Group’s reported cash earnings under AGAAP for the half years ended 31 March 2005 and 30 September 2005 with the equivalent amounts on an AIFRS basis. These AIFRS amounts form the basis of the comparative numbers to be included in the Group’s 31 March 2006 Profit Announcement. Refer section (b) below for discussion of the Group’s definition of cash earnings under AIFRS.

 

 

 

Half year to

 

Cash earnings before significant items

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AGAAP basis – as previously published

 

1,692

 

1,618

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AIFRS adjustments to prior periods

 

(91

)

34

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AIFRS basis

 

1,601

 

1,652

 

 

The principal drivers of the difference between AGAAP and AIFRS cash earnings are:

 

                  Share based payments expense of $37 million for the March 2005 half and $60 million for the September 2005 half;

 

                  A decrease in the tax charge of $28 million in the March 2005 half followed by an increase in the tax charge of $44 million in the September 2005 half. This change in direction of the tax adjustment arises as a result of the application of the AIFRS tax balance sheet approach to the treatment of unrealised gains and losses on certain balance sheet items.

 

                  A reduction in the defined benefit pensions expense of $12 million for the March 2005 half and $16 million for the September 2005 half; and

 

                  An increase in finance lease revenue of $15 million in the March 2005 half followed by a decrease of $5 million in the September 2005 half.

 

(b) Calculation of cash earnings

 

Consistent with other Australian banks, the Group has historically regarded cash earnings as a key performance measure in understanding the financial performance of a bank. The intention behind the cash earnings measure is to adjust accounting profit for certain items where it is believed that the inclusion of these items distorts the underlying operating results of the Group and causes difficulty in identifying underlying performance trends and issues. This includes adjusting for items where the accounting result does not reflect the items that should impact “dividendable” earnings.

 

Under AIFRS, cash earnings remains a key performance measure for the Group. As a result the Group intends to continue to produce and report a cash earnings measure in its Profit Announcement.  Cash earnings in an AIFRS context is defined by the Group as:

 

Net profit

 

Adjusted for:

Minority interests

Distributions

Treasury shares

Revaluation of Exchangeable Capital Units(1)

Impairment of goodwill

 


(1)          Applicable from 1 October 2005. Refer section 7 of this report for further discussion on AIFRS treatment of the Exchangeable Capital Units

 

4



 

In future periods, adjustments will also be made for changes in the value of insurance related acquisition costs that result from discount rate variations. (No adjustment for this is proposed to be made in the 31 March 2006 half year as the amount is insignificant).

 

(c) Previously disclosed AIFRS financial information

 

Under AASB 1047, “Disclosing the Impact of Adopting Australian equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards,” the Group disclosed within the 2005 Annual Financial Report its best estimate at the time of the impact of AIFRS adoption on the Group’s financial statements. This included reconciliations of net profit for the year ended 30 September 2005 and shareholders’ equity at 1 October 2004, 30 September 2005 and 1 October 2005. Since that date, the Group has continued to review and finalise the AIFRS adjustments in order to determine the AIFRS comparative amounts to be included in the 2006 financial statements. In addition, the Group has continued to monitor accounting standard developments and emerging best practice and interpretation. As a result, a number of changes have been made to the estimates previously disclosed.

 

None of these changes has significantly changed the overall assessment of the impact of AIFRS on the Group, as illustrated in the following information:

 

                  AASB 1047 disclosures estimated that total equity at 1 October 2004 would reduce by $2,739 million under AIFRS. The final adjustment is a reduction of $2,676 million;

 

                  AASB 1047 disclosures estimated that total equity at 1 October 2005 would reduce by $9,591 million as compared to AGAAP reported equity at 30 September 2005. The final adjustment is a reduction of $10,260 million.  The primary reason for the difference is a change to the accounting treatment of the Exchangeable Capital Units (refer below); and

 

                  AASB 1047 disclosures estimated that AIFRS would reduce net profit for the year ended 30 September 2005 by $146 million. The final adjustment is a reduction of $140 million.

 

The most significant change that has been made since the AASB 1047 disclosures were published is the separate recognition at 1 October 2005 of an embedded derivative in relation to the Exchangeable Capital Units. This has arisen through a recent International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee (IFRIC) interpretation that has changed the accounting treatment for such instruments.

 

5



 

AIFRS Transition Report - 3 – Key areas of AIFRS impact in the 2005 comparatives

 

3. KEY AREAS OF AIFRS IMPACT IN THE 2005 COMPARATIVES

 

As can be seen from section 2, the impact of AIFRS has been to increase reported cash earnings for the March 2005 half by $34 million and reduce cash earnings for the September 2005 half by $91 million. The half on half movement is primarily due to tax effect accounting. The other key adjustments are in respect of share based payments expense and a reduction in pensions expense. On a line by line basis, this is consistent throughout the income statement, with the exception of adjustments for operating leases, which are explained below.

 

                  Operating lease classification: Under AIFRS, operating leases where the Group is the lessor are required to be reclassified from loans and advances to property, plant & equipment. For the income statement, rental income is recognised within other operating income and depreciation within other operating expenses. Previously under AGAAP these amounts were presented net within net interest income. The Group has excluded this reclassification when calculating the cost to income ratio to ensure that it remains comparable with peer banks.

 

From a balance sheet perspective, a number of adjustments have been made on transition to AIFRS at 1 October 2004 that impact upon reported shareholders’ equity. As a result, shareholders’ equity reduced at that date by $2,676 million from $29,766 million under AGAAP to $27,090 million under AIFRS. The primary drivers of this reduction are:

 

                  Defined benefit pensions – on transition to AIFRS a net adjustment to equity of $1,724 million (pre-tax) is required to recognise the surpluses and deficits of individual defined benefit plans as well as to remove the pre-paid pension asset of $575 million recorded on the Group’s balance sheet under AGAAP;

 

                  The Excess of Market Value Over Net Assets (EMVONA) asset has been removed from the balance sheet and replaced with acquired goodwill and other intangibles. The net impact of this on equity is a reduction to equity of $729 million (pre tax);

 

                  Under AIFRS treasury shares (direct investments in National Australia Bank Limited shares by the Group’s life insurance statutory funds) are required to be deducted directly from equity. This results in a net adjustment to equity of $551 million (pre tax) at 1 October 2004; and

 

                  Certain special purpose securitisation vehicles have been consolidated into the Group’s balance sheet under AIFRS. Whilst this has resulted in an increase in assets of $5,732 million and an increase in liabilities of $5,734 million, there is no material impact on either reported profit or equity.

 

From a balance sheet perspective, there are also a number of reclassifications between balance sheet line items that do not impact upon equity.  In addition to the operating lease adjustment discussed above, these include:

 

                  Application software of $655 million has been reclassified from property, plant & equipment to goodwill and other intangibles; and

 

                  Short positions in securities of $845 million have been reclassified from other liabilities to other financial liabilities at fair value.

 

Detailed reconciliation of the March 2005 and September 2005 income statements, balance sheets and reserves are provided later in this document. These reconciliations provide explanation of each of the above together with other adjustments.

 

6



 

AIFRS Transition Report - 4 – Reconciliation of Group performance for 2005

 

4. RECONCILIATION OF GROUP PERFORMANCE FOR 2005

 

Half year ended 31 March 2005

 

(a)          Group cash earnings – half year ended 31 March 2005

 

 

 

 

 

AIFRS

 

 

 

Half year ended 31 March 2005

 

AGAAP

 

adjustments

 

AIFRS

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Net interest income

 

3,553

 

(81

)

3,472

 

Net life insurance income excluding IORE

 

495

 

 

495

 

IoRE

 

63

 

 

63

 

Other operating income

 

2,490

 

413

 

2,903

 

Net operating income

 

6,601

 

332

 

6,933

 

Operating expenses

 

(3,576

)

(326

)

(3,902

)

Underlying profit

 

3,025

 

6

 

3,031

 

Charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

(281

)

 

(281

)

Cash earnings before tax

 

2,744

 

6

 

2,750

 

Income tax expense

 

(877

)

28

 

(849

)

Cash earnings before significant items, distributions and minority interest

 

1,867

 

34

 

1,901

 

Net profit – minority interest

 

(154

)

 

(154

)

Cash earnings before significant items and distributions

 

1,713

 

34

 

1,747

 

Distributions

 

(95

)

 

(95

)

Cash earnings before significant items

 

1,618

 

34

 

1,652

 

 

(b)          Analysis of AIFRS adjustments – half year ended 31 March 2005

 

 

 

Share based

 

 

 

 

 

Operating

 

Finance lease

 

 

 

AIFRS

 

Half year ended 31 March 2005

 

payments

 

Pensions

 

Tax(1)

 

Leases

 

revenue

 

Other

 

adjustments

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Net interest income

 

 

 

 

(94

)

(7

)

20

 

(81

)

Net life insurance income excluding IORE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

IoRE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other operating income

 

 

 

 

356

 

23

 

34

 

413

 

Net operating income

 

 

 

 

262

 

16

 

54

 

332

 

Operating expenses

 

(37

)

12

 

 

(262

)

(1

)

(38

)

(326

)

Underlying profit

 

(37

)

12

 

 

 

15

 

16

 

6

 

Charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash earnings before tax

 

(37

)

12

 

 

 

15

 

16

 

6

 

Income tax expense

 

 

 

28

 

 

 

 

28

 

Cash earnings before significant items, distributions and minority interest

 

(37

)

12

 

28

 

 

15

 

16

 

34

 

Net profit – minority interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash earnings before significant items and distributions

 

(37

)

12

 

28

 

 

15

 

16

 

34

 

Distributions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash earnings before significant items

 

(37

)

12

 

28

 

 

15

 

16

 

34

 

 

7



 

(c)          Reconciliation to net profit attributable to members of the Company – half year ended 31 March 2005

 

 

 

 

 

AIFRS

 

 

 

Half year ended 31 March 2005

 

AGAAP

 

Adjustments

 

AIFRS

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash earnings before significant items

 

1,618

 

34

 

1,652

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

WM revaluation profit after tax

 

51

 

(51

)

 

Goodwill amortisation

 

(50

)

50

 

 

Significant items after tax(2)

 

821

 

237

 

1,058

 

Treasury shares

 

 

(47

)

(47

)

Distributions

 

95

 

 

95

 

Net profit attributable to members of the Company

 

2,535

 

223

 

2,758

 

 


(1) Note that for the Group reconciliation, all tax adjustments have been included in the tax column and not allocated across individual AIFRS adjustments.

(2) AIFRS adjustment to significant items after tax represents adjustment to the profit on sale of the Irish Banks on 28 February 2005. Change to profit arises due to change in net assets of the Irish Banks under AIFRS and is primarily through recognition of the defined benefit pension deficit.

 

8



 

Half year ended 30 September 2005

 

(a)          Group cash earnings – half year ended 30 September 2005

 

 

 

 

 

AIFRS

 

 

 

Half year ended 30 September 2005

 

AGAAP

 

Adjustments

 

AIFRS

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Net interest income

 

3,529

 

(57

)

3,472

 

Net life insurance income excluding IORE

 

1,031

 

 

1,031

 

IoRE

 

83

 

 

83

 

Other operating income

 

2,612

 

375

 

2,987

 

Net operating income

 

7,255

 

318

 

7,573

 

Operating expenses

 

(3,728

)

(365

)

(4,093

)

Underlying profit

 

3,527

 

(47

)

3,480

 

Charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

(253

)

 

(253

)

Cash earnings before tax

 

3,274

 

(47

)

3,227

 

Income tax expense

 

(1,017

)

(44

)

(1,061

)

Cash earnings before significant items, distributions and minority interest

 

2,257

 

(91

)

2,166

 

Net profit – minority interest

 

(456

)

 

(456

)

Cash earnings before significant items and distributions

 

1,801

 

(91

)

1,710

 

Distributions

 

(109

)

 

(109

)

Cash earnings before significant items

 

1,692

 

(91

)

1,601

 

 

(b)          Analysis of AIFRS adjustments – half year ended 30 September 2005

 

 

 

Share based

 

 

 

 

 

Operating

 

Finance lease

 

 

 

AIFRS

 

Half year ended 30 September 2005

 

payments

 

Pensions

 

Tax(1)

 

Leases

 

revenue

 

Other

 

Adjustments

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Net interest income

 

 

 

 

(96

)

(5

)

44

 

(57

)

Net life insurance income excluding IORE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

IoRE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other operating income

 

 

 

 

373

 

 

2

 

375

 

Net operating income

 

 

 

 

277

 

(5

)

46

 

318

 

Operating expenses

 

(60

)

16

 

 

(277

)

 

 

(44

)

(365

)

Underlying profit

 

(60

)

16

 

 

 

(5

)

2

 

(47

)

Charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash earnings before tax

 

(60

)

16

 

 

 

(5

)

2

 

(47

)

Income tax expense

 

 

 

(44

)

 

 

 

(44

)

Cash earnings before significant items, distributions and minority interest

 

(60

)

16

 

(44

)

 

(5

)

2

 

(91

)

Net profit – minority interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash earnings before significant items and distributions

 

(60

)

16

 

(44

)

 

(5

)

2

 

(91

)

Distributions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash earnings before significant items

 

(60

)

16

 

(44

)

 

(5

)

2

 

(91

)

 

9



 

(c)          Reconciliation to net profit attributable to members of the Company – half year ended 30 September 2005

 

 

 

 

 

AIFRS

 

 

 

Half year ended 30 September 2005

 

AGAAP

 

adjustments

 

AIFRS

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash earnings before significant items

 

1,692

 

(91

)

1,601

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

WM revaluation profit after tax

 

294

 

(294

)

 

Goodwill amortisation

 

(48

)

48

 

 

Significant items after tax

 

(450

)

70

 

(380

)

Treasury shares

 

 

(96

)

(96

)

Distributions

 

109

 

 

109

 

Net profit attributable to members of the Company

 

1,597

 

(363

)

1,234

 

 


(1) Note that for the Group reconciliation, all tax adjustments have been included in the tax column and not allocated across individual AIFRS adjustments.

 

10



 

AIFRS Transition Report - 5 – Key performance measures

 

5. KEY PERFORMANCE MEASURES

 

The table below provides information on the key performance measures identified by the Group on both an AGAAP and AIFRS basis for the six months ended 31 March 2005 and 30 September 2005.

 

 

 

AIFRS

 

AGAAP

 

Movement

 

 

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

Sep 05

 

Mar 05

 

Earnings per share (cents)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic cash earnings per ordinary share before significant items

 

102.5

 

106.2

 

108.3

 

104.0

 

(5.8

)

2.2

 

Diluted cash earnings per share before significant items

 

102.2

 

105.0

 

107.1

 

103.0

 

(4.9

)

2.0

 

Basic cash earnings per ordinary share after significant items

 

78.2

 

174.2

 

79.5

 

156.8

 

(1.3

)

17.4

 

Basic earnings per ordinary share after significant items (1)

 

73.0

 

173.5

 

95.2

 

156.9

 

(22.2

)

16.6

 

Weighted average ordinary shares (no. million)

 

1,563

 

1,555

 

1,563

 

1,555

 

(0

)

0

 

Weighted average diluted shares (no. million)

 

1,567

 

1,624

 

1,629

 

1,622

 

(62

)

2

 

Net tangible assets per ordinary share ($)

 

10.54

 

10.76

 

11.60

 

11.82

 

(1.06

)

(1.06

)

Dividends per share (cents)

 

83

 

83

 

83

 

83

 

 

 

Performance (2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Return on average equity before significant items

 

14.0

%

15.6

%

16.2

%

14.0

%

-220

 bps

160

 bps

Cash earnings on average equity before significant items

 

14.9

%

16.0

%

14.0

%

14.0

%

90

 bps

200

 bps

Return on average assets before significant items

 

0.70

%

0.74

%

0.91

%

0.76

%

-21

 bps

-2

 bps

Net interest income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest spread

 

1.68

%

1.70

%

1.69

%

1.74

%

-1

 bps

-4

 bps

Net interest margin

 

2.14

%

2.12

%

2.20

%

2.19

%

-6

 bps

-7

 bps

Profitability (before significant items)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash earnings per average FTE ($’000)

 

81

 

78

 

86

 

76

 

(5

)

2

 

Banking cost to income ratio

 

59.9

%

58.6

%

58.1

%

57.4

%

180

 bps

120

 bps

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AIFRS

 

AGAAP

 

Movement

 

 

 

Sep-05

 

Mar-05

 

Sep-05

 

Mar-05

 

Sep-05

 

Mar-05

 

Capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 ratio

 

7.86

%

8.30

%

7.86

%

8.30

%

0

 bps

0

 bps

Tier 2 ratio

 

3.60

%

4.12

%

3.60

%

4.12

%

0

 bps

0

 bps

Deductions

 

(1.01

)%

(1.05

)%

(1.01

)%

(1.05

)%

0

 bps

0

 bps

Total capital ratio

 

10.45

%

11.37

%

10.45

%

11.37

%

0

 bps

0

 bps

Adjusted common equity ratio

 

5.49

%

5.84

%

5.49

%

5.84

%

0

 bps

0

 bps

Assets ($bn)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross loans and acceptances

 

297

 

277

 

292

 

273

 

5

 

4

 

Risk-weighted assets

 

290

 

279

 

290

 

279

 

 

 

Asset quality

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross non-accrual loans to gross loans and acceptances

 

0.34

%

0.40

%

0.35

%

0.41

%

-1

 bps

-1

 bps

Net impaired assets to total equity (parent entity interest)

 

2.8

%

3.0

%

2.5

%

2.7

%

30

 bps

30

 bps

Collective provision to risk weighted assets

 

0.71

%

0.73

%

0.71

%

0.73

%

0

 bps

0

 bps

Specific provision to gross impaired assets

 

34.9

%

34.9

%

34.9

%

34.9

%

0

 bps

0

 bps

Total provision to gross impaired assets

 

235.8

%

216.8

%

235.8

%

216.8

%

0

 bps

0

 bps

Other information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Funds under management and administration

 

91

 

85

 

91

 

85

 

 

 

Assets under custody and administration

 

410

 

372

 

410

 

372

 

 

 

Full-time equivalent employees (no.)

 

38,933

 

39,961

 

38,933

 

39,961

 

 

 

 


(1)  Basic earnings are defined as “Earnings attributable to ordinary shareholders”.

(2)  “Return” calculations use “Earnings attributable to ordinary shareholders”.

 

11



 

AIFRS Transition Report - 6 – Business unit AIFRS reconciliations

 

6. BUSINESS UNIT AIFRS RECONCILIATIONS

 

AUSTRALIAN BANKING

 

Half year ended 31 March 2005

 

(a)          Cash earnings – half year ended 31 March 2005

 

 

 

 

 

AGAAP as

 

Internal

 

AIFRS

 

 

 

Half year ended 31 March 2005

 

 

 

published

 

changes(1)

 

adjustments

 

AIFRS

 

 

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Net interest income

 

 

 

1,888

 

14

 

(48

)

1,854

 

Other operating income

 

 

 

1,081

 

5

 

185

 

1,271

 

Total income

 

 

 

2,969

 

19

 

137

 

3,125

 

Other operating expenses

 

 

 

(1,479

)

(12

)

(151

)

(1,642

)

Underlying profit

 

 

 

1,490

 

7

 

(14

)

1,483

 

Charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

 

 

(130

)

 

 

(130

)

Cash earnings before tax

 

 

 

1,360

 

7

 

(14

)

1,353

 

Income tax expense

 

 

 

(409

)

(3

)

24

 

(388

)

Cash earnings before significant items

 

 

 

951

 

4

 

10

 

965

 

 


(1) Internal changes comprise minor structural changes (transfer of cost centres) between Australia Banking and other business units.

 

(b)   Analysis of AIFRS adjustments – half year ended 31 March 2005

 

 

 

Share based

 

 

 

Operating

 

 

 

AIFRS

 

Half year ended 31 March 2005

 

payments

 

Tax

 

Leases

 

Other

 

Adjustments

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Net interest income

 

 

 

(48

)

 

(48

)

Other operating income

 

 

 

185

 

 

185

 

Total income

 

 

 

137

 

 

137

 

Operating expenses

 

(14

)

 

(137

)

 

(151

)

Underlying profit

 

(14

)

 

 

 

(14

)

Charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash earnings before tax

 

(14

)

 

 

 

(14

)

Income tax expense

 

 

24

 

 

 

24

 

Cash earnings before significant items

 

(14

)

24

 

 

 

10

 

 

12



 

Half year ended 30 September 2005

 

(a)   Cash earnings – half year ended 30 September 2005

 

 

 

 

 

AGAAP as

 

Internal

 

AIFRS

 

 

 

Half year ended 30 September 2005

 

 

 

Published

 

changes(1)

 

Adjustments

 

AIFRS

 

 

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Net interest income

 

 

 

1,995

 

14

 

(51

)

1,958

 

Other operating income

 

 

 

1,154

 

(5

)

202

 

1,351

 

Total income

 

 

 

3,149

 

9

 

151

 

3,309

 

Operating expenses

 

 

 

(1,730

)

28

 

(173

)

(1,875

)

Underlying profit

 

 

 

1,419

 

37

 

(22

)

1,434

 

Charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

 

 

(127

)

 

 

(127

)

Cash earnings before tax

 

 

 

1,292

 

37

 

(22

)

1,307

 

Income tax expense

 

 

 

(382

)

(11

)

(32

)

(425

)

Cash earnings before significant items

 

 

 

910

 

26

 

(54

)

882

 

 


(1) Internal changes comprise minor structural changes (transfer of cost centres) between Australian Banking and other business units.

 

(b)   Analysis of AIFRS adjustments – half year ended 30 September 2005

 

 

 

Share based

 

 

 

Operating

 

 

 

AIFRS

 

Half year ended 30 September 2005

 

payments

 

Tax

 

Leases

 

Other

 

adjustments

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Net interest income

 

 

 

(51

)

 

(51

)

Other operating income

 

 

 

202

 

 

202

 

Total income

 

 

 

151

 

 

151

 

Operating expenses

 

(24

)

 

(151

)

2

 

(173

)

Underlying profit

 

(24

)

 

 

2

 

(22

)

Charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash earnings before tax

 

(24

)

 

 

2

 

(22

)

Income tax expense

 

 

(32

)

 

 

(32

)

Cash earnings before significant items

 

(24

)

(32

)

 

2

 

(54

)

 

13



 

WEALTH MANAGEMENT AUSTRALIA

 

Half year ended 31 March 2005

 

(a)   Cash earnings – half year ended 31 March 2005

 

 

 

AGAAP as

 

Internal

 

AIFRS

 

 

 

Half year ended 31 March 2005

 

published

 

changes(1)

 

adjustments

 

AIFRS

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Investments

 

115

 

 

(3

)

112

 

Insurance

 

74

 

(7

)

(1

)

66

 

Other (including regulatory programs)

 

(42

)

5

 

19

 

(18

)

Profit from operations (after tax)

 

147

 

(2

)

15

 

160

 

IoRE

 

47

 

(6

)

 

41

 

Cash earnings before significant items

 

194

 

(8

)

15

 

201

 

 


(1) Internal changes comprise minor structural changes, including the transfer of Wealth Management Asia results out of Wealth Management Australia.

 

(b) Analysis of AIFRS adjustments – half year ended 31 March 2005

 

 

 

Share based

 

 

 

 

 

AIFRS

 

Half year ended 31 March 2005

 

payments

 

Tax

 

Other(2)

 

adjustments

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Investments

 

(1

)

 

(2

)

(3

)

Insurance

 

(1

)

 

 

(1

)

Other (including regulatory programs)

 

(1

)

8

 

12

 

19

 

Profit from operations (after tax)

 

(3

)

8

 

10

 

15

 

IoRE

 

 

 

 

 

Cash earnings before significant items

 

(3

)

8

 

10

 

15

 

 


(2) Other comprises a number of smaller items including unrealised gains relating to foreign currency movements on foreign denominated debt, amortisation of defined benefit surplus and impact of non deferral of non-life acquisition costs.

 

14



 

Half year ended 30 September 2005

 

(a)   Cash earnings – half year ended 30 September 2005

 

 

 

AGAAP as

 

Internal

 

AIFRS

 

 

 

Half year ended 30 September 2005

 

published

 

changes(1)

 

adjustments

 

AIFRS

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Investments

 

105

 

 

(6

)

99

 

Insurance

 

85

 

(4

)

(1

)

80

 

Other (including regulatory programs)

 

(37

)

 

 

(37

)

Profit from operations (after tax)

 

153

 

(4

)

(7

)

142

 

IoRE

 

67

 

(7

)

 

60

 

Cash earnings before significant items

 

220

 

(11

)

(7

)

202

 

 


(1) Internal changes comprise minor structural changes, including the transfer of Wealth Management Asia results out of Wealth Management Australia.

 

(b)   Analysis of AIFRS adjustments – half year ended 30 September 2005

 

 

 

Share based

 

 

 

 

 

AIFRS

 

Half year ended 30 September 2005

 

payments

 

Tax

 

Other(2)

 

Adjustments

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Investments

 

(4

)

 

(2

)

(6

)

Insurance

 

(1

)

 

 

(1

)

Other (including regulatory programs)

 

(3

)

(8

)

11

 

 

Profit from operations (after tax)

 

(8

)

(8

)

9

 

(7

)

IoRE

 

 

 

 

 

Cash earnings before significant items

 

(8

)

(8

)

9

 

(7

)

 


(2) Other comprises a number of smaller items including unrealised gains relating to foreign currency movements on foreign denominated debt, amortisation of defined benefit surplus and impact of non deferral of non-life acquisition costs.

 

15



 

INSTITUTIONAL MARKETS & SERVICES

 

Half year ended 31 March 2005

 

(a)   Cash earnings – half year ended 31 March 2005

 

 

 

AGAAP as

 

Internal

 

AIFRS

 

 

 

Half year ended 31 March 2005

 

published

 

changes(1)

 

adjustments

 

AIFRS

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Net interest income

 

281

 

(24

)

1

 

258

 

Other operating income

 

486

 

(2

)

20

 

504

 

Total income

 

767

 

(26

)

21

 

762

 

Operating expenses

 

(366

)

7

 

(11

)

(370

)

Underlying profit

 

401

 

(19

)

10

 

392

 

Charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

(48

)

 

 

(48

)

Cash earnings before tax

 

353

 

(19

)

10

 

344

 

Income tax expense

 

(45

)

4

 

(5

)

(46

)

Cash earnings before significant items

 

308

 

(15

)

5

 

298

 

 


(1) Internal changes comprise changes to the divisional operating structure and revised revenue sharing arrangements with other divisions.

 

(b)   Analysis of AIFRS adjustments – half year ended 31 March 2005

 

 

 

Share based

 

Finance lease

 

 

 

AIFRS

 

Half year ended 31 March 2005

 

Payments

 

revenue(2)

 

Other(3)

 

adjustments

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Total income

 

 

16

 

5

 

21

 

Other operating expenses

 

(7

)

(1

)

(3

)

(11

)

Underlying profit

 

(7

)

15

 

2

 

10

 

Charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

 

 

 

 

Cash earnings before tax

 

(7

)

15

 

2

 

10

 

Income tax expense

 

 

(6

)

1

 

(5

)

Cash earnings before significant items

 

(7

)

9

 

3

 

5

 

 


(2) Total income represents the recognition of additional profit under AIFRS on the sale of leased assets.

(3) Includes consolidation of special purpose entities.

 

16



 

Half year ended 30 September 2005

 

(a)   Cash earnings – half year ended 30 September 2005

 

 

 

AGAAP as

 

Internal

 

AIFRS

 

 

 

Half year ended 30 September 2005

 

published

 

changes(1)

 

adjustments

 

AIFRS

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Net interest income

 

262

 

(27

)

9

 

244

 

Other operating income

 

433

 

(1

)

(9

)

423

 

Total income

 

695

 

(28

)

 

667

 

Operating expenses

 

(369

)

11

 

(14

)

(372

)

Underlying profit

 

326

 

(17

)

(14

)

295

 

Charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

24

 

 

 

24

 

Cash earnings before tax

 

350

 

(17

)

(14

)

319

 

Income tax expense

 

(45

)

5

 

 

(40

)

Cash earnings before significant items

 

305

 

(12

)

(14

)

279

 

 


(1) Internal changes comprise changes to the divisional operating structure and revised revenue sharing arrangements with other divisions.

 

(b) Analysis of AIFRS adjustments – half year ended 30 September 2005

 

 

 

Share based

 

Finance lease

 

 

 

AIFRS

 

Half year ended 31 March 2005

 

Payments

 

revenue

 

Other(2)

 

adjustments

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Total income

 

 

(5

)

5

 

 

Other operating expenses

 

(8

)

 

(6

)

(14

)

Underlying profit

 

(8

)

(5

)

(1

)

(14

)

Charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

 

 

 

 

Cash earnings before tax

 

(8

)

(5

)

(1

)

(14

)

Income tax expense

 

 

 

 

 

Cash earnings before significant items

 

(8

)

(5

)

(1

)

(14

)

 


(2) Includes consolidation of special purpose entities.

 

17



 

TOTAL UK – Ongoing operations

 

Half year ended 31 March 2005

 

(a) Cash earnings – half year ended 31 March 2005

 

 

 

AGAAP as

 

AIFRS

 

 

 

Half year ended 31 March 2005

 

published

 

adjustments

 

AIFRS

 

 

 

£m

 

£m

 

£ m

 

Net interest income

 

334

 

(9

)

325

 

Other operating income

 

183

 

39

 

222

 

Total income

 

517

 

30

 

547

 

Operating expenses

 

(330

)

(23

)

(353

)

Underlying profit

 

187

 

7

 

194

 

Charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

(35

)

 

(35

)

Cash earnings before tax

 

152

 

7

 

159

 

Income tax expense

 

(46

)

(3

)

(49

)

Cash earnings before significant items

 

106

 

4

 

110

 

 

(b) Analysis of AIFRS adjustments – half year ended 31 March 2005

 

 

 

Share based

 

 

 

Operating

 

 

 

AIFRS

 

Half year ended 31 March 2005

 

payments

 

Pensions

 

Leases

 

Other

 

Adjustments

 

 

 

£m

 

£m

 

£m

 

£m

 

£m

 

Net interest income

 

 

 

(9

)

 

(9

)

Other operating income

 

 

 

39

 

 

39

 

Total income

 

 

 

30

 

 

30

 

Operating expenses

 

(4

)

13

 

(30

)

(2

)

(23

)

Underlying profit

 

(4

)

13

 

 

(2

)

7

 

Charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash earnings before tax

 

(4

)

13

 

 

(2

)

7

 

Income tax expense

 

1

 

(4

)

 

 

(3

)

Cash earnings before significant items

 

(3

)

9

 

 

(2

)

4

 

 

18



 

Half year ended 30 September 2005

 

(a) Cash earnings – half year ended 30 September 2005

 

 

 

AGAAP as

 

AIFRS

 

 

 

Half year ended 30 September 2005

 

Published

 

adjustments

 

AIFRS

 

 

 

£m

 

£m

 

£m

 

Net interest income

 

350

 

(9

)

341

 

Other operating income

 

222

 

42

 

264

 

Total income

 

572

 

33

 

605

 

Operating expenses

 

(374

)

(32

)

(406

)

Underlying profit

 

198

 

1

 

199

 

Charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

(53

)

 

(53

)

Cash earnings before tax

 

145

 

1

 

146

 

Income tax expense

 

(50

)

(1

)

(51

)

Cash earnings before significant items

 

95

 

 

95

 

 

(b) Analysis of AIFRS adjustments – half year ended 30 September 2005

 

 

 

Share based

 

 

 

Operating

 

 

 

AIFRS

 

Half year ended 30 September 2005

 

payments

 

Pensions

 

Leases

 

Other

 

Adjustments

 

 

 

£m

 

£m

 

£m

 

£m

 

£m

 

Net interest income

 

 

 

(9

)

 

(9

)

Other operating income

 

 

 

41

 

1

 

42

 

Total income

 

 

 

32

 

1

 

33

 

Operating expenses

 

(6

)

8

 

(32

)

(2

)

(32

)

Underlying profit

 

(6

)

8

 

 

(1

)

1

 

Charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash earnings before tax

 

(6

)

8

 

 

(1

)

1

 

Income tax expense

 

1

 

(2

)

 

 

(1

)

Cash earnings before significant items

 

(5

)

6

 

 

(1

)

 

 

19



 

TOTAL NEW ZEALAND

 

Half year ended 31 March 2005

 

(a)   Cash earnings – half year ended 31 March 2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AGAAP as

 

AIFRS

 

 

 

Half year ended 31 March 2005

 

 

 

 

 

Published

 

adjustments

 

AIFRS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NZ$m

 

NZ$m

 

NZ$m

 

Net interest income

 

 

 

 

 

420

 

(23

)

397

 

Other operating income

 

 

 

 

 

219

 

80

 

299

 

Total income

 

 

 

 

 

639

 

57

 

696

 

Operating expenses

 

 

 

 

 

(366

)

(73

)

(439

)

Underlying profit

 

 

 

 

 

273

 

(16

)

257

 

Charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

 

 

 

 

(13

)

 

(13

)

Cash earnings before tax

 

 

 

 

 

260

 

(16

)

244

 

Income tax expense

 

 

 

 

 

(84

)

4

 

(80

)

Cash earnings before significant items

 

 

 

 

 

176

 

(12

)

164

 

 

(b)   Analysis of AIFRS adjustments – half year ended 31 March 2005

 

 

 

Share based

 

 

 

Operating

 

 

 

AIFRS

 

Half year ended 31 March 2005

 

payments

 

Pensions

 

Leases

 

Other

 

adjustments

 

 

 

NZ$m

 

NZ$m

 

NZ$m

 

NZ$m

 

NZ$m

 

Net interest income

 

 

 

(23

)

 

(23

)

Other operating income

 

 

 

80

 

 

80

 

Total income

 

 

 

57

 

 

57

 

Operating expenses

 

(1

)

(14

)

(57

)

(1

)

(73

)

Underlying profit

 

(1

)

(14

)

 

(1

)

(16

)

Charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash earnings before tax

 

(1

)

(14

)

 

(1

)

(16

)

Income tax expense

 

 

4

 

 

 

4

 

Cash earnings before significant items

 

(1

)

(10

)

 

(1

)

(12

)

 

20



 

Half year ended 30 September 2005

 

(a)   Cash earnings – half year ended 30 September 2005

 

 

 

 

 

AGAAP as

 

AIFRS

 

 

 

Half year ended 30 September 2005

 

 

 

published

 

adjustments

 

AIFRS

 

 

 

 

 

NZ$m

 

NZ$m

 

NZ$m

 

Net interest income

 

 

 

428

 

(23

)

405

 

Other operating income

 

 

 

222

 

77

 

299

 

Total income

 

 

 

650

 

54

 

704

 

Other operating expenses

 

 

 

(353

)

(59

)

(412

)

Underlying profit

 

 

 

297

 

(5

)

292

 

Charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

 

 

(28

)

 

(28

)

Cash earnings before tax

 

 

 

269

 

(5

)

264

 

Income tax expense

 

 

 

(85

)

1

 

(84

)

Cash earnings before significant items

 

 

 

184

 

(4

)

180

 

 

(b)   Analysis of AIFRS adjustments – half year ended 30 September 2005

 

 

 

Share based

 

Operating

 

 

 

AIFRS

 

Half year ended 30 September 2005

 

payments

 

Leases

 

Other

 

adjustments

 

 

 

NZ$m

 

NZ$m

 

NZ$m

 

NZ$m

 

Net interest income

 

 

(23

)

 

(23

)

Other operating income

 

 

78

 

(1

)

77

 

Total income

 

 

55

 

(1

)

54

 

Other operating expenses

 

(2

)

(55

)

(2

)

(59

)

Underlying profit

 

(2

)

 

(3

)

(5

)

Charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

 

 

 

 

Cash earnings before tax

 

(2

)

 

(3

)

(5

)

Income tax expense

 

 

 

1

 

1

 

Cash earnings before significant items

 

(2

)

 

(2

)

(4

)

 

21



 

OTHER (GROUP FUNDING & CORPORATE CENTRE)

 

Half year ended 31 March 2005

 

(a)   Cash earnings – half year ended 31 March 2005

 

 

 

AGAAP as

 

Internal

 

AIFRS

 

 

 

Half year ended 31 March 2005

 

published

 

changes(1)

 

Adjustments

 

AIFRS

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Group Funding

 

(56

)

 

15

 

(41

)

Corporate Centre

 

(144

)

4

 

(10

)

(150

)

Cash earnings before significant items

 

(200

)

4

 

5

 

(191

)

 


(1) Internal changes primarily comprise structural changes between other business units.

 

(b)   Analysis of AIFRS adjustments – half year ended 31 March 2005

 

 

 

Share based

 

FX

 

 

 

AIFRS

 

Half year ended 31 March 2005

 

payments

 

translation

 

Other

 

Adjustments

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Group Funding

 

 

15

 

 

15

 

Corporate Centre

 

(6

)

 

(4

)

(10

)

Cash earnings before significant items

 

(6

)

15

 

(4

)

5

 

 

Half year ended 30 September 2005

 

(a)   Cash earnings – half year ended 30 September 2005

 

 

 

AGAAP as

 

Internal

 

AIFRS

 

 

 

Half year ended 30 September 2005

 

published

 

Changes(1)

 

Adjustments

 

AIFRS

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Group Funding

 

33

 

 

(1

)

32

 

Corporate Centre

 

(64

)

(17

)

(12

)

(93

)

Cash earnings before significant items

 

(31

)

(17

)

(13

)

(61

)

 


(1) Internal changes primarily comprise structural changes between other business units.

 

(b) Analysis of AIFRS adjustments — half year ended 30 September 2005

 

 

 

Share based

 

FX

 

 

 

AIFRS

 

Half year ended 30 September 2005

 

payments

 

Translation

 

Other

 

Adjustments

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Group Funding

 

 

(1

)

 

(1

)

Corporate Centre

 

(9

)

 

(3

)

(12

)

Cash earnings before significant items

 

(9

)

(1

)

(3

)

(13

)

 

22



 

AIFRS Transition Report - 7 – Key areas of AIFRS impact in 31 March 2006 half year results

 

7. KEY AREAS OF AIFRS IMPACT IN 31 MARCH 2006 HALF YEAR RESULTS

 

(a)           Overview of impact

 

The Group’s 2006 half year results will include the full impact of AIFRS, including AASB 132, 139 and 4. Some of the key changes that will appear in those financial statements are as follows:

 

      The income statement will reflect reclassification between a number of individual line items including:

 

      Bill acceptance income will be reclassified from other operating income to net interest income;

 

      Certain other loan related fees will be reclassified from other operating income to net interest income. In addition under the effective yield requirements of AASB 139 these fees will be deferred and amortised to net interest income over the expected term of the loan; and

 

      Interest income and expense on hedged items and hedging derivatives will continue to be recorded within net interest income. However in certain instances the Group has not met the requirements for hedge accounting and will therefore classify additional derivative contracts as trading. This will result in the interest income/expense on these contracts being reclassified to other operating income (trading income).

 

      From a balance sheet perspective, there have been a number of key changes to reported equity at 1 October 2005 as a result of the application of AASB 132, 139 and 4. As a result of these, and other AIFRS changes from other standards applying from 1 October 2004, shareholders’ equity reduced at that date by $10,260 million from $34,280 million under AGAAP at 30 September 2005 to $24,020 million under AIFRS at 1 October 2005. The reductions primarily arose as a result of the following changes:

 

      Outside equity interests in Wealth management controlled entities of $6,224 million no longer meet the definition of equity under AIFRS and are reclassified as liabilities;

 

      The provision for doubtful debts under AIFRS has been reduced by $384 million at 1 October 2005. Further information on this is provided below;

 

      The application of effective yield requirements to bill acceptance and other loan related fee income has resulted in a reduction in equity of $401 million on initial transition;

 

      An embedded option in the Group’s Exchangeable Capital Units is required to be recognised as a separate stand-alone derivative and recorded at fair value through the income statement. This derivative represents the option that holders have to convert an exchangeable capital unit into a specified number of National ordinary shares and therefore results in the Group recognising adjustments to the value of this option in the financial statements. These adjustments arise from movements in both foreign currency rates and the National’s own share price. At 1 October 2005 this resulted in the recognition of an additional liability of $879 million;

 

      Deferred acquisition costs within the Group’s non-life insurance contracts have been removed from the balance sheet at 1 October 2005. This reduced equity at that date by $384 million; and

 

      Derivative financial instruments have all been recognised at fair value on the balance sheet, together with fair value adjustments to hedged items in a fair value hedging relationship or where designated as ‘fair value through P&L’. Whilst this has resulted in assets and liabilities increasing significantly, the net increase in equity at 1 October 2005 was only $28 million.

 

      In addition to these equity impacts, there have also been a number of reclassifications within the balance sheet lines. These include:

 

      The Group has elected to use the ‘fair value option’ permitted under AASB 139 in a number of instances. This is discussed further below. The result of this is that a number of financial assets and liabilities have been reclassified to the categories ‘Other financial assets at fair value’ and ‘Other financial liabilities at fair value.’

 

      Detailed reconciliations of the 1 October 2005 opening balance sheet and reserves, incorporating AASB 132, 139 and 4 adjustments are provided later in this document. These reconciliations provide explanation of each of the above, together with other adjustments.

 

23



 

(b) Key areas of focus

 

Use of the ‘fair value’ option

 

Under AASB 139 the Group has elected to fair value a number of financial assets and financial liabilities. This has been primarily undertaken within the Group’s Banking business in order to eliminate accounting mismatches arising where income statement volatility arises on instruments where, from an economic standpoint, the risk is hedged. The Group has applied this to a number of balance sheet categories. This includes certain loans and advances, debt securities, deposits and other borrowings, due to other banks and bonds, notes and subordinated debt.

 

In addition the Group has applied the fair value option to the investment contracts within its Wealth Management business. This ensures consistency with the accounting treatment applied under AGAAP.

 

Within the Group’s financial statements, such financial instruments will be presented as separate line items on the face of the balance sheet, ‘Other financial assets at fair value’ and ‘Other financial liabilities at fair value.’ Wealth Management related financial instruments will continue to be reported within investments relating to life insurance business.

 

This change introduces an additional degree of complexity in understanding the Group’s financial statements. To minimise this as far as possible, within the constraints of accounting standard requirements, where MD&A and other disclosure provides information on the Group’s products, for example, the composition of the loan book or deposit book, the disclosure covers the entire loan and deposit book, irrespective of underlying accounting treatment. Examples of this include:

 

      Analysis of loan book by product type is undertaken on a ‘whole of loan book’ basis;

 

      Analysis of deposits and other borrowings is similarly undertaken on a ‘whole of book’ basis; and

 

      All asset quality disclosures, including coverage ratios, are on a ‘whole of loan book’ basis. Note, however, that in order to comply with AIFRS, the following are important points to be aware of:

 

      the bad and doubtful debt charge against loans carried at amortised cost is recorded in the income statement line ‘Charge to provide for doubtful debts,’ whereas the credit adjustment against loans carried at fair value is included within the income statement line ‘Gains less losses on financial instruments at fair value;’ and 

 

      Similarly in the balance sheet, provisions for doubtful debts for loans carried at amortised cost are deducted from the Loans and advances line. Credit adjustments to loans carried at fair value are deducted from the Other financial assets at fair value line.

 

Loan loss provisioning

 

From 1 October 2005 the Group has applied an ‘incurred loss’ approach to loan loss provisioning in accordance with the requirements of AASB 139. This has resulted in a reduction in the collective (general) loan loss provision at 1 October 2005 of $307 million and a reduction in the specific loan loss provision of $77 million at the same date. In addition a further $85 million of loan loss provision has been transferred into the category ‘Other financial assets at fair value’ as it relates to the credit adjustment on loans and other financial instruments that are now measured at fair value. A further $35 million has been transferred to trading derivatives.  Key points in relation to the Group’s loan loss methodology under AIFRS are:

      The reduction in specific provisioning of $77 million comprises primarily amounts that have been transferred under AIFRS from the specific provision to the collective provision as they are evaluated for impairment on a collective basis. This is offset by a small increase in the specific provision due to the effect of discounting.

 

      The reduction in the collective provision of $307 million represents the adjustment required to apply an incurred loss approach. Key requirements of incurred loss models are:

 

      There must be objective evidence of impairment of a loan or group of loans before a provision can be recorded. This can include the downgrade of a loan within the Group’s credit risk systems or the use of migration analysis to estimate the migration of loans to a past due status and ultimately to write-off;

 

      Provisions can no longer be recognised immediately upon origination of a loan; and

 

      Future losses cannot be provided for, unless objective evidence of impairment on or before balance sheet date has been identified.

 

      Under APRA transitional arrangements intended to apply until 1 January 2008, a general reserve for credit losses will be established at 1 July 2006. This will be an appropriation from retained earnings to non-distributable reserves.  This reserve at 1 October 2005 would have approximated $157 million.

 

24



 

AIFRS Transition Report – 8 – Group AIFRS reconciliations

 

8. GROUP AIFRS RECONCILIATIONS

 

In preparing its opening AIFRS balance sheet and comparative information, the Group has made adjustments to the financial information previously reported in accordance with the prior basis of accounting (AGAAP).

 

The following notes and reconciliations provide an explanation of how the transition from AGAAP to AIFRS has affected the Group’s financial statements.

 

The AIFRS impacts contained in the following reconciliations have been shown as:

 

      those arising from required recognition and measurement adjustments to the financial statements to transition from AGAAP to AIFRS either at 1 October 2004 or 1 October 2005 (transitional adjustments);

      those arising during the half years ended 31 March 2005 and 30 September 2005 to adjust for measurement differences between AGAAP and AIFRS in the income statement or reserves (measurement adjustments); and

      those concerning presentation and disclosure of items in the financial statements (reclassification adjustments) at the relevant dates.

 

Recognition and measurement adjustments that arise as a result of the opening transition process affect balance sheet values and are recognised in either retained earnings or an appropriate equity reserve at the date of transition. These may arise at either 1 October 2004 or 1 October 2005.

 

Presentation and disclosure adjustments do not impact total equity or retained earnings, but (other than a reclassification of outside equity interests at 1 October 2005 from equity to liabilities) reclassify items from one line to another.

 

The areas of most significant impact and the adjustments arising from application of AIFRS are summarised below. In certain cases the transitional and measurement adjustments detailed in the following reconciliations differ from information disclosed in previous financial statements. These differences primarily arise through changes and refinements in interpretation of relevant accounting standards.

 

Transitional adjustments at October 1, 2004 have been held constant in the Transition column of the balance sheet reconciliations at 31 March 2005 and 30 September 2005. Foreign currency revaluations of these adjustments have been reported as measurement adjustments.

 

The information presented below is in accordance with AASB 1.  Unless stated otherwise, all adjustments have been presented on a pre-tax basis.

 

A. Transitional and measurement adjustments arising as at October 1, 2004

 

(a)           Defined benefit pension plans

 

AIFRS requires defined benefit pension plan surpluses and deficits to be recognised on the balance sheet. Consequently, a transitional adjustment is required to recognise defined benefit pension surpluses and deficits on the balance sheet with a corresponding entry made to retained earnings.

 

An opening transitional adjustment recognises a defined benefit pension plan deficit of $1,279 million, a defined benefit pension plan surplus of $130 million and de-recognises a pre-paid pension cost asset previously carried under AGAAP of $575 million.

 

For the half years ended 31 March 2005 and 30 September 2005, the defined benefit pension expense recorded within personnel expenses was $12 million and $15 million respectively less than had been previously recorded under AGAAP.  In addition, under AGAAP, $47 million in relation to redundancy related payments was recognised as a restructuring expense. On transition to AIFRS this expense was reversed as it had already been recognised in the 1 October 2004 opening AIFRS balance sheet.

 

For the year ended 30 September 2005 the net profit on the sale of the Irish Banks (recognised as a Significant Item) was $277 million greater than that previously reported under AGAAP. The increase is largely due to the impact of derecognising the defined benefit pension liabilities in respect of the Irish Banks.

 

25



 

(b)           Wealth Management revaluation — excess of market value over net assets (EMVONA)

 

On transition to AIFRS, EMVONA is derecognised and revaluation movements are no longer recognised in the Group’s income statement. Under AGAAP, EMVONA represented: 

      acquired goodwill in respect of life insurance controlled entities remaining at balance date;

      increases in the value of goodwill of the controlled entities since acquisition; and 

      the difference between the values assigned to assets and liabilities of the controlled entity within the Group’s financial statements and those in the report of the controlled entity arising due to valuation methodology differences.

 

The whole of the AGAAP EMVONA balance of $4,905 million is written off to retained earnings upon transition to AIFRS and is replaced by acquired goodwill of $4,094 million and other intangible assets relating to past acquisitions, of $82 million.

 

For the half years ended 31 March 2005 and 30 September 2005 revaluation uplifts in EMVONA of $54 million and $281 million recognised under AGAAP have been reversed.

 

(c)           Consolidation of special purpose entities

 

Special purpose entities (SPE’s) require consolidation where the Group has access to the majority of the residual income or is exposed to the majority of the residual risk associated with the SPE. The opening adjustment as at 1 October, 2004 to consolidate the Group’s SPE’s where required under AIFRS, is a gross up of assets and liabilities of $5,732 million and $5,734 million respectively, with a corresponding minimal impact on total equity.

 

These amounts are predominantly reflected in adjustments to loans and advances (assets) and deposits and other borrowings and bonds, notes and subordinated debt (liabilities).

 

For the half years ended 31 March 2005 and 30 September 2005, the impact on net profit before tax arising from the consolidation of these entities is minimal. The principal impact on the income statement is a gross up in interest income and interest expense with interest income increasing by $200 million for the half year ended 31 March 2005 and $223 million for the half year ended 30 September 2005. Interest expense increases by $190 million for the half year ended 31 March 2005 and $179 million for the half year ended 30 September 2005.

 

(d)           Taxation

 

AIFRS requires the Group to adopt a balance sheet approach to determining deferred tax items, based upon a comparison of accounting carrying amounts of assets and liabilities with their tax base.  This method identifies a broader range of differences than those that arise under AGAAP.

 

An opening transitional adjustment results in a net increase in retained earnings of $609 million. This adjustment primarily arises from the tax impacts of the various transitional adjustments applicable from 1 October 2004.

 

For the half years ended 31 March 2005 and 30 September 2005, the income tax expense was $24 million less and $41 million greater respectively than that recognised under AGAAP.

 

(e)           Share-based payments

 

AIFRS introduces the requirement for the Group to recognise an expense in respect of all share-based remuneration (performance options, performance rights and shares issued to employees) determined with reference to the fair value of the equity instruments issued. The fair value of the performance options and performance rights at grant date will be expensed over their expected vesting period on a straight-line basis.  Similarly, the fair value of shares granted under the staff share schemes will be recognised as an expense over their vesting period on a straight-line basis.

 

Under the exemption provided in AASB 1, the Group has not applied AASB 2 “Share-based Payment” to equity instruments issued prior to November 7, 2002.  The transitional adjustment at October 1, 2004 is therefore calculated in respect of performance options, performance rights and shares granted after November 7, 2002 that remain unvested at January 1, 2005.

 

An opening transitional adjustment results in the recognition of an equity based payments reserve of $34 million.

 

For the half years ended 31 March 2005 and 30 September 2005, the expense for equity based payments is $37 million and $60 million respectively.

 

26



 

(f)            Goodwill

 

Upon transition to AIFRS, goodwill will no longer be amortised.  Instead, goodwill will be tested for impairment annually and assessed for any indication of impairment at each reporting date to ensure that its carrying amount does not exceed its recoverable amount.  If an impairment loss is identified, it will be recognised immediately in the income statement.  No impairment of goodwill was identified at October 1, 2004.

 

For the half years ended 31 March 2005 and 30 September 2005, goodwill amortisation of $50 million and $48 million respectively recognised under AGAAP has been reversed. No impairment of goodwill was identified for the year ended 30 September 2005.

 

(g)           Foreign currency translation

 

Under the exemption provided in AASB 1, the Group has reset the foreign currency translation reserve (FCTR) to nil as at October 1, 2004, resulting in an increase in retained earnings of $166 million.

 

Translation differences in relation to foreign controlled entities subsequent to transition to AIFRS will continue to be recorded in the FCTR.  The gain or loss recognised in the income statement on a future disposal of a foreign controlled entity will include any translation differences that arise after October 1, 2004.

 

(h)           Wealth Management investment business — revenue and expense recognition

 

Under AGAAP, acquisition costs, net of initial commission revenue, relating to acquiring new investment business, were deferred and subsequently recognised in the income statement over the average life of the contracts.  Under AIFRS, initial commission revenue will be recognised at the inception of the contract.  Similarly, costs will be recognised and expensed as they are incurred.

 

An opening transitional adjustment of $100 million represents a write-off of the cumulative deferred acquisition costs asset previously recognised under AGAAP in respect of contracts issued by entities other than life insurance entities. During the half year ended 31 March 2005 the increase in the deferred acquisition costs asset recognised under AGAAP of $12 million has been reversed from the balance sheet and recognised directly in the income statement. There was nil impact arising in the half year ended 30 September 2005.

 

(i)            Treasury shares

 

Under AGAAP, direct investments in National Australia Bank Limited shares by the Group’s life insurance statutory funds were recognised within investments relating to life insurance business in the balance sheet at market value.  On transition to AIFRS, these investments will be classified as treasury shares and deducted from share capital. The opening transitional adjustment for treasury shares is:

 

      a decrease of $551 million in investments relating to life insurance business, being the market value of the investments in National shares;

      a decrease of $645 million in contributed equity, being the cost of the investments; and

      an increase of $94 million in retained earnings, being the reversal of the cumulative opening market value decrement.

 

For the half years ended 31 March 2005 and 30 September 2005, total net realised and unrealised gains and losses and dividend income of $53 million and $114 million respectively relating to treasury shares were recognised in the income statement under AGAAP.  Of these amounts $35 million and $129 million represented unrealised gains and losses recognised at 31 March 2005 and 30 September 2005 respectively.  All of the amounts noted above are reversed under AIFRS.

 

(j)            Asset revaluation reserve

 

Under AGAAP, the Group carried all land and buildings at fair value.  Valuation increments and decrements were offset against one another within the global group of land and buildings with the net movement being reflected in the asset revaluation reserve.  In contrast, AIFRS requires that valuation increments and decrements are accounted for on an asset-by-asset basis.  Under AIFRS the Group will continue to carry all land and buildings at fair value.  The balance of the asset revaluation reserve has been restated to reflect the cumulative movements on property revaluations on an asset-by-asset basis.  At October 1, 2004, the required adjustments are an increase in the asset revaluation reserve of $150 million with a corresponding decrease in retained earnings.

 

B. Transitional and measurement adjustments arising as at October 1, 2005

 

The following adjustments relate to application of AASB 132, AASB 139 and AASB 4 as at October 1, 2005. The information presented below is in accordance with AASB 1 that provides an exemption from presenting comparative financial information in relation to these standards.

 

27



 

(k)           Recognition of derivative financial instruments and hedging

 

Under AIFRS, the Group has recognised all derivative financial instruments at fair value on the balance sheet, irrespective of whether the instrument is used in a hedging relationship or otherwise.

 

Where fair value hedge accounting criteria are met, fair value changes on both the hedged item (attributable to the hedged risk) and the hedging instrument are recognised directly in the income statement.  Where cash flow hedge accounting criteria are met, the carrying value of the hedged item is not adjusted and the fair value changes on the related hedging instrument (to the extent the hedge is effective) are deferred in the cash flow hedge reserve.  This amount will then be transferred to the income statement at the time the hedged item affects the income statement.  Hedge ineffectiveness is recognised in the income statement immediately.

 

At 1 October, 2005, the Group has recognised the following transitional adjustments attributable to derivative financial instruments, hedging and application of the fair value through profit and loss designation. Many of these derivatives form an important part of the Group’s risk management strategy and are designed to negate risk by the creation of off-setting fair value movements or a decrease in the variability of future cash flows. It should be noted that the overall net impact of the following adjustments upon opening retained earnings is an increase of $28 million.

 

(i) Trading derivatives

 

      Initial recognition of trading derivatives at fair value resulting in an increase in total assets of $196 million and an increase in total liabilities of $307 million.  The increases are primarily recognised within Trading derivatives (assets) which have increased by $330 million and Trading derivatives (liabilities) which have increased by $474 million and Other assets and Other liabilities that have decreased by $133 million and $166 million, respectively.  The corresponding decrease in retained earnings is $111 million.  This is as a consequence of derivatives previously classified as off balance sheet hedging derivatives under AGAAP being recognised as trading derivatives on transition to AIFRS.

 

(ii) Fair value hedge derivatives

 

      Initial recognition of derivatives designated within a fair value hedge relationship has resulted in an increase in hedging derivative assets of $332 million, a decrease in other assets of $17 million and an increase in hedging derivative liabilities of $3 million at October 1, 2005. The corresponding increase in retained earnings is $312 million.

 

(iii) Assets and liabilities designated within a fair value hedge

 

      Where the Group has designated a financial asset or liability within a fair value hedging relationship, an adjustment is required to remeasure those assets or liabilities at fair value for changes in value attributable to the hedged risk.  A decrease in loans and advances of $118 million and an increase in bonds, notes and subordinated debt of $235 million arise at October 1, 2005 as a result.  The corresponding decrease in retained earnings is $353 million.

 

(iv) Cash flow hedging derivatives

 

      Initial recognition of derivatives designated within a cash flow hedge relationship has decreased hedging derivative assets by $40 million and decreased hedging derivative liabilities by $28 million.  The corresponding impacts on equity are an adjustment to the cash flow hedge reserve of $6 million and a decrease in retained earnings of $6 million.

 

(v) Assets and liabilities at fair value through profit and loss

 

      Where the Group has designated a financial asset or liability as at “fair value through profit and loss”, adjustments are required to: 1) reclassify the designated assets and liabilities into this category which have been detailed in section C(xii); and 2) remeasure those assets and liabilities at fair value.  The measurement adjustments that arise as a result of this designation are an increase in Other financial assets at fair value of $477 million and an increase in Other financial liabilities at fair value of $297 million. The increase in retained earnings as a consequence of designating certain financial assets and liabilities as “fair value through profit and loss” is $180 million.

 

(l)            Loan loss provisioning

 

Under AIFRS, the Group recognises loan impairment when objective evidence is available that a loss event has occurred and as a consequence the Group will not likely receive all amounts owed to it.  Loan impairment is calculated as the difference between the carrying amount of the loan and the present value of future expected cash flows associated with the loan discounted at the loan’s original effective interest rate.

 

The transitional adjustment at 1 October 2005 is a decrease in the total provision for doubtful debts of $384 million, with a corresponding adjustment to retained earnings. As a number of loans have been designated as at fair value through profit and loss, the credit provision associated with these loans of $85 million has been transferred across to that category as an adjustment to fair value, in addition to $35 million that has been

 

28



 

transferred to and included in the carrying value of both trading and hedging derivatives. As a result the provision for doubtful debts (recorded against the balance of loans carried at amortised cost) has reduced by the same amount.

 

(m)          Revenue recognition – effective yield

 

Loan origination and other fee revenue historically under AGAAP has been either recognised immediately in the income statement or deferred in the balance sheet and amortised as an adjustment to yield over the expected life of the loan.  Under AIFRS, a greater volume of fees are deferred and amortised over the expected life of the respective loans.  Revenue that is deferred must be amortised on an effective interest rate basis.  As part of the effective yield calculation AIFRS also requires deferral of related costs where these are both direct and incremental to origination of the loan.

 

At 1 October 2005, loans and advances have decreased by $310 million and amounts due from customers on acceptances decreased by $91 million in order to re-recognise fee revenue and costs previously recorded in the income statement.  Retained earnings have decreased by a total corresponding amount of $401 million.

 

(n)           Valuation of financial instruments using bid and offer prices

 

AIFRS requires that in valuing financial instruments at fair value, the appropriate quoted market price to be used is usually the bid or offer price.  Under AGAAP all financial instruments of the Group measured at fair value and transacted in an active market have been valued at the mid price.  Under AIFRS it is acceptable to continue to use the mid price where there is an offsetting market risk position.  Consequently, where there is no offsetting market risk position, an adjustment is required to remeasure those assets and liabilities at either the bid or offer price instead of the mid price.

 

At 1 October, 2005, adjustments to the carrying value of financial assets and liabilities to value them on a bid or offer basis, where required, results in an increase on Other financial liabilities at fair value of $14 million within other liabilities at fair value and a decrease in the value of investments relating to life insurance business of $2 million.

 

Retained earnings have decreased by a corresponding amount.

 

(o)           Classification of convertible financial instruments

 

Recent IASB discussions relating to an International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee (IFRIC) interpretation have changed the accounting treatment of the exchangeable capital units classified within Other debt issues.  This leads to the recognition of certain embedded derivatives not previously accounted for.  Under this interpretation certain option features of this instrument embedded within the debt instrument permitting the holder to convert an exchangeable capital unit into a specified number of National ordinary shares are considered an embedded derivative that must be recorded at fair value.  The combined impact of the recognition of the embedded derivative and foreign exchange movements to record the foreign denominated liability at the closing foreign exchange rate recognised under AIFRS increase other debt issues by $879 million with a corresponding decrease in retained earnings.

 

(p)           Derecognition of financial assets and liabilities

 

AIFRS contains more specific and stringent requirements prior to the Group being able to derecognise financial assets and liabilities from the balance sheet.  Furthermore, the Group is required to review and consider the extent to which it retains the risks and rewards of ownership of a financial asset or whether the obligation specified within the contract is discharged, cancelled or expired prior to the derecognition of a financial liability.

 

At 1 October 2005, $76 million of customer-related financial liabilities that were previously derecognised from the Group’s balance sheet have been re-recognised.  Deposits and other borrowings have increased by $54 million, Other liabilities have increased by $22 million and retained earnings have decreased by $76 million as a result of this adjustment.

 

(q)           Insurance contracts & provision for selling costs — Wealth Management

 

Under AIFRS, contracts that do not have significant insurance risk are no longer treated as insurance contracts but as financial instruments.  For non-insurance contracts which are accounted for as financial instruments, under AGAAP acquisition costs were previously deferred and subsequently recognised in the income statement  In contrast, under AIFRS these costs will be recognised and expensed as they are incurred.

 

At 1 October 2005 cumulative deferred acquisition costs included in net policy liabilities of life insurance entities of $384 million have been de-recognised.

 

29



 

Those contracts that continue to meet the definition of an insurance contract will be accounted for under an amended Margin on Services approach.  On transition to AIFRS, the actuarial calculation of policyholder liabilities is based on discount rates different to that used under AGAAP.  At October 1, 2005, this has decreased policyholder liabilities by $17 million with a corresponding increase in retained earnings.

 

The removal of the provision for selling costs previously included within the valuation of investments relating to life insurance business have increased the carrying value of these assets by $11 million and increased the carrying value of life insurance liabilities by an equivalent amount.  There has been no impact on retained earnings.

 

These adjustments have increased Investments relating to life insurance business by $9 million, increased Life insurance policy liabilities by $378 million and decreased retained earnings by $367 million.

 

(r)           Reclassification of outside equity interests

 

On transition to AIFRS, the outside equity interests in controlled unit trusts of the life companies no longer meet the definition of equity. As a result, the Group has reclassified outside equity interests in controlled unit trusts to liabilities.  As at 1 October 2005, the result is an increase in managed fund units on issue and a corresponding decrease in equity of $6,224 million.

 

(s)           Taxation

 

The tax impacts of the transitional adjustments arising as at 1 October 2005 include an increase in deferred tax assets of $173 million, an increase in deferred tax liabilities of $150 million and a decrease in current tax liabilities of $1 million.  The corresponding impacts on equity are an adjustment to the cash flow hedge reserve of $3 million and an increase in retained earnings of $21 million.

 

(t)            Due from customers on acceptances and Liability on acceptances

 

Amounts due from customers on acceptances and Liabilities on acceptances must both initially be recognised at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost.  Previously both acceptance assets and liabilities were recorded at face value.  This change in accounting treatment has decreased the carrying value of the Due from customers on acceptances asset and Liability on acceptances each by $202 million.  There has been no impact upon retained earnings.

 

(u)           General Reserve

 

Upon consolidation, the retained profits of the statutory funds, within the life insurance business are transferred from retained earnings into the general reserve.  As a consequence of the AIFRS transitional adjustments the retained profits of the statutory funds have been reduced by $417 million.  This is reflected through a decrease in the general reserve of $417 million and a corresponding increase in retained earnings.

 

(v)            Other

 

The items detailed above are the areas of most significant impact arising from the application of AIFRS on both the balance sheet and the income statement. In addition to these items certain other minor adjustments relating to leasing arrangements, provisions, reclassification into and remeasurement of trading securities and revaluation of investments relating to life insurance business have been made.

 

C. Reclassifications made within the financial statements

 

In addition to the transitional and measurement adjustments detailed above, the adoption of AIFRS introduces changes to the format of the income statement, balance sheet and other financial statement disclosures. Certain reclassifications of assets and liabilities and balances within equity reserves have occurred as a result of these changes.

 

Reclassifications at 1 October 2004:

 

The major items reclassified upon transition to AIFRS as at 1 October 2004 include:

 

Balance sheet reclassifications

 

(i)            Capitalised computer software costs of $655 million have been reclassified from Property, plant and equipment to Intangible assets.

(ii)           Motor vehicles leased to customers under operating lease agreements have been reclassified from Loans and advances ($1,004 million) and Other assets ($1,464 million) to Property, plant and equipment ($2,468 million).

 

30



 

(iii)          Deferred tax assets and liabilities and current taxes have been separately disclosed.

(iv)          Short positions in securities of $845 million have been reclassified from Other liabilities to Other financial liabilities at fair value.

(v)           Regulatory deposits of $177 million have been combined with Due from other banks on the face of the balance sheet.

(vi)          Shares in other securities of $107 million have been reclassified from Investments in associates and joint ventures and other securities to Trading securities.

 

Income statement reclassifications for the year ended 30 September 2005

 

(vii)         Rentals received on motor vehicles leased to customers of $729 million have been included within Other operating income. Depreciation on these assets of $539 million has been included in General expenses. Under AGAAP the net of these amounts ($190 million) was reported within Net Interest Income.

(viii)        Trading income of $644 million has been included within Gains less losses on financial instruments at fair value. Previously this was reported within Other operating income.

 

The combination of these two adjustments above gives rise to a net increase of $85 million in Other operating income.

 

In addition to the above reclassifications, the transition to AIFRS has required the recognition of a new equity reserve for equity based payments.

 

Reclassifications at 1 October 2005:

 

The major items reclassified as at 1 October 2005 include:

 

Balance sheet reclassifications

 

(ix)           A total of $18,463 million of financial instruments have been reclassified to other financial assets at fair value.  Of this, the principal amounts relate to loans and advances amounting to $14,468 million inclusive of a doubtful debt provision of $85 million, $560 million from cash assets, $12 million due from other banks and $3,423 million from Investments – held to maturity (previously Investment securities under AGAAP).

(x)            Trading securities have decreased by $6,433 million through reclassifications to Due to customers on acceptances.  This is due to a change in accounting for acceptances issued and repurchased as part of trading activities.

(xi)           Trading securities have also increased by $921 million through reclassifications of $966 million from Investments – held to maturity (previously Investment securities under AGAAP) and $45 million to Investments – available for sale.  These reclassifications have been made to reflect appropriate asset classifications and their specific requirements within AIFRS.

(xii)          A total of $9,295 million of financial instruments have been reclassified to other financial liabilities at fair value.  Of this, the principal amounts relate to deposits and other borrowings of $8,347 million, $418 million of amounts due to other banks and $530 million of bonds, notes and subordinated debt.

(xiii)         Outside equity interests in Wealth Management controlled entities of $6,224 million previously classified within equity have been reclassified to the liability category Managed fund units on issue.

(xiv)        Amounts relating to foreign exchange revaluations attributable to hedging derivatives previously recognised within other assets of $353 million and other liabilities of $2,938 million have been reclassified within hedging derivative assets and hedging derivative liabilities respectively.

(xv)         Life insurance policy liabilities have increased by $431 million as a result of reclassifying certain amounts relating to reinsurance to other assets.

 

In addition to the above reclassifications, the transition to AIFRS has required the recognition of a cash flow hedge reserve.

 

Finally, as a part of the AIFRS transition, a review of the mapping of all revenue and expense categories was undertaken.  Whilst total revenue and expense lines have only changed due to AIFRS requirements certain line items within the categories have been amended to reflect a more appropriate mapping of revenue and expenses.

 

31



 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT RECONCILIATION

HALF YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2005

 

 

 

AGAAP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AIFRS

 

For the half year ended

 

Mar 2005

 

Ref

 

Measurement

 

Reclassification

 

Mar 2005

 

 

 

$m

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

10,121

 

c, v

 

203

 

(94

)

10,230

 

Interest expense

 

(6,568

)

c

 

(190

)

 

(6,758

)

Net interest income

 

3,553

 

 

 

13

 

(94

)

3,472

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Premium and related revenue

 

434

 

 

 

 

 

434

 

Investment revenue

 

2,865

 

i

 

(53

)

 

2,812

 

Claims expense

 

(287

)

 

 

 

 

(287

)

Change in policy liabilities

 

(2,071

)

 

 

 

 

(2,071

)

Policy acquisition and maintenance expense

 

(365

)

 

 

 

 

(365

)

Investment management fees

 

(18

)

 

 

 

 

(18

)

Net life insurance income

 

558

 

 

 

(53

)

 

505

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gains less losses on financial instruments at fair value

 

 

 

 

4

 

342

 

346

 

Movement in the excess of net market value over net assets of life insurance controlled entities

 

54

 

b

 

(54

)

 

 

Other operating income

 

2,490

 

v

 

53

 

14

 

2,557

 

Significant revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from the sale of controlled entities

 

2,514

 

 

 

 

 

2,514

 

Total operating income

 

5,058

 

 

 

3

 

356

 

5,417

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Personnel expenses

 

(1,881

)

a, e

 

(27

)

 

(1,908

)

Occupancy related expenses

 

(320

)

 

 

1

 

42

 

(277

)

General expenses

 

(1,375

)

c, h

 

(38

)

(304

)

(1,717

)

Amortisation of goodwill

 

(50

)

f

 

50

 

 

 

Charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

(281

)

 

 

 

 

(281

)

Significant expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of controlled entities sold

 

(1,456

)

a

 

203

 

 

(1,253

)

Restructuring expenses

 

(403

)

a

 

47

 

 

(356

)

Reversal of prior year restructuring provision

 

9

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

Foreign currency options trading losses

 

34

 

 

 

 

 

34

 

Total operating expenses

 

(5,723

)

 

 

236

 

(262

)

(5,749

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit before income tax expense

 

3,446

 

 

 

199

 

 

3,645

 

Income tax expense

 

(757

)

d

 

24

 

 

(733

)

Net profit

 

2,689

 

 

 

223

 

 

2,912

 

Net profit attributable to minority interest - Life insurance business

 

(154

)

 

 

 

 

(154

)

Net profit attributable to members of the Company

 

2,535

 

 

 

223

 

 

2,758

 

 

32



 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT RECONCILIATION

HALF YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2005

 

 

 

AGAAP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AIFRS

 

For the half year ended

 

Sep 2005

 

Ref

 

Measurement

 

Reclassification

 

Sep 2005

 

 

 

$m

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

10,751

 

c, v

 

218

 

(96

)

10,873

 

Interest expense

 

(7,222

)

c

 

(179

)

 

(7,401

)

Net interest income

 

3,529

 

 

 

39

 

(96

)

3,472

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Premium and related revenue

 

472

 

 

 

 

 

472

 

Investment revenue

 

4,833

 

i

 

(114

)

 

4,719

 

Claims expense

 

(303

)

 

 

 

 

(303

)

Change in policy liabilities

 

(3,499

)

 

 

 

 

(3,499

)

Policy acquisition and maintenance expense

 

(374

)

 

 

 

 

(374

)

Investment management fees

 

(15

)

 

 

 

 

(15

)

Net life insurance income

 

1,114

 

 

 

(114

)

 

1,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gains less losses on financial instruments at fair value

 

 

 

 

(9

)

302

 

293

 

Movement in the excess of net market value over net assets of life insurance controlled entities

 

281

 

b

 

(281

)

 

 

Other operating income

 

2,612

 

 

 

11

 

71

 

2,694

 

Significant revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from the sale of controlled entities

 

(21

)

 

 

 

 

(21

)

Total operating income

 

2,872

 

 

 

(279

)

373

 

2,966

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Personnel expenses

 

(1,855

)

a, e

 

(44

)

 

(1,899

)

Occupancy related expenses

 

(302

)

 

 

 

40

 

(262

)

General expenses

 

(1,571

)

c, h

 

(44

)

(317

)

(1,932

)

Amortisation of goodwill

 

(48

)

f

 

48

 

 

 

Charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

(253

)

 

 

 

 

(253

)

Significant expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of controlled entities sold

 

40

 

 

 

74

 

 

114

 

Restructuring expenses

 

(435

)

 

 

(2

)

 

(437

)

Reversal of prior year restructuring provision

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

Foreign currency options trading losses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

 

(4,422

)

 

 

32

 

(277

)

(4,667

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit before income tax expense

 

3,093

 

 

 

(322

)

 

2,771

 

Income tax expense

 

(1,040

)

d

 

(41

)

 

(1,081

)

Net profit

 

2,053

 

 

 

(363

)

 

1,690

 

Net profit attributable to minority interest - Life insurance business

 

(456

)

 

 

 

 

(456

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net profit attributable to members of the Company

 

1,597

 

 

 

(363

)

 

1,234

 

 

33



 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT RECONCILIATION
YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2005

 

 

 

A GAAP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AIFRS

 

For the year ended

 

Sep 2005

 

Ref

 

Measurement

 

Ref

 

Reclassification

 

Sep 2005

 

 

 

$m

 

 

 

$m

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

20,872

 

c

 

421

 

vii

 

(190

)

21,103

 

Interest expense

 

(13,790

)

c

 

(369

)

 

 

 

(14,159

)

Net interest income

 

7,082

 

 

 

52

 

 

 

(190

)

6,944

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Premium and related revenue

 

906

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

906

 

Investment revenue

 

7,698

 

i

 

(167

)

 

 

 

7,531

 

Claims expense

 

(590

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(590

)

Change in policy liabilities

 

(5,570

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5,570

)

Policy acquisition and maintenance expense

 

(739

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(739

)

Investment management fees

 

(33

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(33

)

Net life insurance income

 

1,672

 

 

 

(167

)

 

 

 

1,505

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gains less losses on financial instruments at fair value

 

 

 

 

(5

)

viii

 

644

 

639

 

Movement in the excess of net market value over net assets of life insurance controlled entities

 

335

 

b

 

(335

)

 

 

 

 

Other operating income

 

5,102

 

v

 

64

 

vii, viii

 

85

 

5,251

 

Significant revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from the sale of controlled entities

 

2,493

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,493

 

Total operating income

 

7,930

 

 

 

(276

)

 

 

729

 

8,383

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Personnel expenses

 

(3,736

)

a, e

 

(71

)

 

 

 

(3,807

)

Occupancy related expenses

 

(622

)

 

 

1

 

 

 

82

 

(539

)

General expenses

 

(2,946

)

c, h

 

(82

)

vii

 

(621

)

(3,649

)

Amortisation of goodwill

 

(98

)

f

 

98

 

 

 

 

 

Charge to provide for doubtful debts

 

(534

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(534

)

Significant expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of controlled entities sold

 

(1,416

)

a

 

277

 

 

 

 

(1,139

)

Restructuring expenses

 

(838

)

a

 

45

 

 

 

 

(793

)

Reversal of prior year restructuring provision

 

11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11

 

Foreign currency options trading losses

 

34

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

34

 

Total operating expenses

 

(10,145

)

 

 

268

 

 

 

(539

)

(10,416

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit before income tax expense

 

6,539

 

 

 

(123

)

 

 

 

6,416

 

Income tax expense

 

(1,797

)

d

 

(17

)

 

 

 

(1,814

)

Net profit

 

4,742

 

 

 

(140

)

 

 

 

4,602

 

Net profit attributable to minority interest - Life insurance business

 

(610

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(610

)

Net profit attributable to members of the Company

 

4,132

 

 

 

(140

)

 

 

 

3,992

 

 

34



 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET RECONCILIATION - 1 OCTOBER 2004

 

 

 

AGAAP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AIFRS

 

 

 

30 Sep 2004

 

Ref

 

Transition

 

Ref

 

Reclassification

 

1 Oct 2004

 

 

 

$m

 

 

 

$m

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and liquid assets

 

8,144

 

c

 

11

 

 

 

 

8,155

 

Due from other banks

 

22,939

 

 

 

 

v

 

177

 

23,116

 

Trading derivatives

 

17,939

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

17,939

 

Trading securities

 

24,248

 

c

 

4

 

vi

 

107

 

24,359

 

Investments - available for sale

 

4,610

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,610

 

Investments - held to maturity

 

11,513

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11,513

 

Investments relating to life insurance business

 

41,013

 

i, v

 

(553

)

 

 

 

40,460

 

Loans and advances

 

247,836

 

c, v

 

5,572

 

ii

 

(1,004

)

252,404

 

Due from customers on acceptances

 

16,344

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16,344

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

2,257

 

v

 

(24

)

i, ii

 

1,813

 

4,046

 

Investments in associates and joint ventures

 

158

 

v

 

16

 

vi

 

(107

)

67

 

Goodwill and other intangible assets

 

632

 

b

 

4,176

 

i

 

655

 

5,463

 

Regulatory deposits

 

177

 

 

 

 

v

 

(177

)

 

Deferred tax assets

 

1,301

 

c, d

 

458

 

 

 

 

1,759

 

Other assets

 

11,564

 

a, b, c, h

 

(5,418

)

ii

 

(1,464

)

4,682

 

Total assets

 

410,675

 

 

 

4,242

 

 

 

 

414,917

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due to other banks

 

43,625

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

43,625

 

Trading derivatives

 

16,150

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16,150

 

Other financial liabilities at fair value

 

 

 

 

 

iv

 

845

 

845

 

Deposits and other borrowings

 

219,028

 

c

 

2,179

 

 

 

 

221,207

 

Liability on acceptances

 

16,344

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16,344

 

Life insurance policy liabilities

 

36,134

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

36,134

 

Current taxes

 

203

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

211

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

975

 

d

 

46

 

 

 

 

1,021

 

Provisions

 

1,129

 

v

 

48

 

 

 

 

1,177

 

Bonds, notes and subordinated debt

 

32,573

 

c

 

3,533

 

 

 

 

36,106

 

Other debt issues

 

1,612

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,612

 

Defined benefit pension scheme liabilities

 

 

a

 

1,279

 

 

 

 

1,279

 

Other liabilities

 

13,136

 

c, v

 

(175

)

iv

 

(845

)

12,116

 

Total liabilities

 

380,909

 

 

 

6,918

 

 

 

 

387,827

 

Net assets

 

29,766

 

 

 

(2,676

)

 

 

 

27,090

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contributed equity

 

10,191

 

i

 

(645

)

 

 

 

9,546

 

Reserves

 

1,194

 

e, g, j

 

(18

)

 

 

 

1,176

 

Retained profits

 

14,515

 

 

 

(2,013

)

 

 

 

12,502

 

Total equity (parent entity interest)

 

25,900

 

 

 

(2,676

)

 

 

 

23,224

 

Minority interest in controlled entities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Life insurance business

 

3,866

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,866

 

Total equity

 

29,766

 

 

 

(2,676

)

 

 

 

27,090

 

 

Certain previously disclosed AGAAP balances have been amended where it has been identified that trade date accounting has been incorrectly applied to repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements. The adjustments to the 30 September 2004 AGAAP balance sheet to correct the asset position are a $64 million increase to “Cash and liquid assets”, a $555 million decrease to “Due from other banks”, and a $143 million decrease to “Other assets”.  The adjustments to the liability position are a $143 million decrease to “Due to other banks” and a $491 million decrease to “Other liabilities”.

 

35



 

RECONCILIATION OF TOTAL EQUITY AS AT 1 OCTOBER 2004

 

 

 

Ref

 

$m

 

Total equity as reported under Australian GAAP as at 30 September 2004

 

 

 

29,766

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AIFRS 1 October 2004 adjustments to total equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impacts on retained earnings

 

 

 

 

 

Recognition of defined benefit pension liability

 

a

 

(1,279

)

Recognition of defined benefit pension asset

 

a

 

130

 

Derecognition of net prepaid pension asset

 

a

 

(575

)

Derecognition of EMVONA

 

b

 

(729

)

Leasing adjustments

 

 

 

(90

)

Transfer to executive share option reserve

 

e

 

(34

)

Transfer from foreign currency translation reserve

 

g

 

166

 

Revenue and expense recognition - investment contracts

 

h

 

(100

)

Reversal of market value decrement on treasury shares

 

i

 

94

 

Transfer to asset revaluation reserve

 

j

 

(150

)

Other

 

 

 

(55

)

Tax effect of transitional adjustments and application of tax-effect accounting

 

 

 

609

 

Impacts on contributed equity

 

 

 

 

 

Derecognition of treasury shares

 

i

 

(645

)

Impacts on reserves

 

 

 

 

 

Transfer from retained earnings to executive share option reserve

 

e

 

34

 

Transfer from foreign currency translation reserve to retained earnings

 

g

 

(166

)

Increase to asset revaluation reserve

 

j

 

114

 

Total adjustments to equity as at 1 October 2004

 

 

 

(2,676

)

Total equity measured under AIFRS as at 1 October 2004

 

 

 

27,090

 

 

36



 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET RECONCILIATION - 31 MARCH 2005

 

 

 

AGAAP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AIFRS

 

 

 

31 Mar 2005

 

Transition

 

Ref

 

Measurement

 

Reclassification

 

31 Mar 2005

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and liquid assets

 

6,929

 

11

 

c

 

1

 

 

6,941

 

Due from other banks

 

18,520

 

 

 

 

 

121

 

18,641

 

Trading derivatives

 

17,122

 

 

 

 

 

 

17,122

 

Trading securities

 

19,351

 

4

 

 

 

 

105

 

19,460

 

Investments - available for sale

 

3,474

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

3,484

 

Investments - held to maturity

 

8,666

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,666

 

Investments relating to life insurance business

 

43,917

 

(553

)

i

 

(35

)

 

43,329

 

Loans and advances

 

246,756

 

5,572

 

c, v

 

(255

)

(1,099

)

250,974

 

Due from customers on acceptances

 

21,567

 

 

 

 

 

 

21,567

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

2,019

 

(24

)

v

 

(1

)

1,824

 

3,818

 

Investments in associates and joint ventures

 

146

 

16

 

 

 

 

(115

)

47

 

Goodwill and other intangible assets

 

571

 

4,176

 

f

 

35

 

654

 

5,436

 

Regulatory deposits

 

121

 

 

 

 

 

(121

)

 

Deferred tax assets

 

1,375

 

458

 

c, d

 

(116

)

 

1,717

 

Other assets

 

11,867

 

(5,418

)

c

 

8

 

(1,379

)

5,078

 

Total assets

 

402,401

 

4,242

 

 

 

(363

)

 

406,280

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due to other banks

 

35,020

 

 

 

 

 

 

35,020

 

Trading derivatives

 

14,911

 

 

 

 

 

 

14,911

 

Other financial liabilities at fair value

 

159

 

 

 

 

 

1,571

 

1,730

 

Deposits and other borrowings

 

205,866

 

2,179

 

c

 

191

 

 

208,236

 

Liability on acceptances

 

21,567

 

 

 

 

 

 

21,567

 

Life insurance policy liabilities

 

38,494

 

 

 

 

 

 

38,494

 

Current taxes

 

125

 

8

 

d

 

3

 

 

136

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

1,118

 

46

 

a, c, d

 

(63

)

 

1,101

 

Provisions

 

1,494

 

48

 

a, v

 

(37

)

 

1,505

 

Bonds, notes and subordinated debt

 

36,536

 

3,533

 

c

 

(459

)

 

39,610

 

Other debt issues

 

1,586

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,586

 

Defined benefit pension scheme liabilities

 

 

1,279

 

a

 

(280

)

 

999

 

Other liabilities

 

13,524

 

(175

)

c

 

4

 

(1,571

)

11,782

 

Total liabilities

 

370,400

 

6,918

 

 

 

(641

)

 

376,677

 

Net assets

 

32,001

 

(2,676

)

 

 

278

 

 

29,603

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contributed equity

 

11,322

 

(645

)

i

 

8

 

 

10,685

 

Reserves

 

802

 

(18

)

e, g, j

 

42

 

 

826

 

Retained profits

 

15,770

 

(2,013

)

 

 

228

 

 

13,985

 

Total equity (parent entity interest)

 

27,894

 

(2,676

)

 

 

278

 

 

25,496

 

Minority interest in controlled entities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Life insurance business

 

4,107

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,107

 

Total equity

 

32,001

 

(2,676

)

 

 

278

 

 

29,603

 

 

Certain previously disclosed AGAAP balances have been amended where it has been identified that trade date accounting has been incorrectly applied to repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements. The adjustments to the 31 March 2005 AGAAP balance sheet to correct the asset position are a $420 million decrease to “Trading securities”, and a $159 million increase to “Other assets”.  The adjustments to the liability position are a $159 million increase to “Other financial liabilities at fair value” and a $420 million decrease to “Other liabilities”.

 

37



 

RECONCILIATION OF TOTAL EQUITY AS AT 31 MARCH 2005

 

 

 

$m

 

Total equity as reported under Australian GAAP as at 31 March 2005

 

32,001

 

 

 

 

 

Total adjustments to equity as at 1 October 2004

 

(2,676

)

 

 

 

 

AIFRS adjustments to net profit for the half year ended 31 March 2005

 

223

 

 

 

 

 

AIFRS adjustments to equity for the half year ended 31 March 2005

 

 

 

Impacts on retained earnings

 

 

 

Actuarial movements on defined benefit pension plans

 

(68

)

Derecognition of dividend income and realised gains/losses on treasury shares

 

10

 

Transfer from asset revaluation reserve

 

31

 

Transfer to foreign currency translation reserve

 

32

 

 

 

 

 

Impacts on contributed equity

 

 

 

Recognition of share-based payments

 

1

 

Derecognition of treasury shares

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

Impacts on reserves

 

 

 

Adjustment to executive share option reserve

 

36

 

Adjustment to foreign currency translation reserve

 

37

 

Adjustment to asset revaluation reserve

 

(31

)

Total adjustments to equity for the half year ended 31 March 2005

 

278

 

Total equity measured under AIFRS as at 31 March 2005

 

29,603

 

 

38



 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET RECONCILIATION - 30 SEPTEMBER 2005

 

 

 

AGAAP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AIFRS

 

 

 

30 Sep 2005

 

Transition

 

Ref

 

Measurement

 

Reclassification

 

30 Sep 2005

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and liquid assets

 

8,430

 

11

 

 

 

 

 

8,441

 

Due from other banks

 

15,477

 

 

 

 

 

118

 

15,595

 

Trading derivatives

 

13,959

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,959

 

Trading securities

 

15,075

 

4

 

c

 

3

 

72

 

15,154

 

Investments - available for sale

 

3,857

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

3,860

 

Investments - held to maturity

 

7,466

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,466

 

Investments relating to life insurance business

 

50,500

 

(553

)

i

 

(164

)

 

49,783

 

Loans and advances

 

260,053

 

5,572

 

c, v

 

262

 

(1,213

)

264,674

 

Due from customers on acceptances

 

27,627

 

 

 

 

 

 

27,627

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

1,974

 

(24

)

v

 

(3

)

1,882

 

3,829

 

Investments in associates and joint ventures

 

75

 

16

 

 

 

 

(75

)

16

 

Goodwill and other intangible assets

 

522

 

4,176

 

b, f

 

146

 

614

 

5,458

 

Regulatory deposits

 

118

 

 

 

 

 

(118

)

 

Deferred tax assets

 

1,430

 

458

 

c, d

 

(154

)

 

1,734

 

Other assets

 

11,942

 

(5,418

)

a, b, c, h, v

 

(239

)

(1,283

)

5,002

 

Total assets

 

418,505

 

4,242

 

 

 

(149

)

 

422,598

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due to other banks

 

36,322

 

 

 

 

 

 

36,322

 

Trading derivatives

 

12,407

 

 

c

 

206

 

 

12,613

 

Other financial liabilities at fair value

 

(201

)

 

 

 

 

1,688

 

1,487

 

Deposits and other borrowings

 

209,079

 

2,179

 

c

 

1,299

 

 

212,557

 

Liability on acceptances

 

27,627

 

 

 

 

 

 

27,627

 

Life insurance policy liabilities

 

42,123

 

 

 

 

 

 

42,123

 

Current taxes

 

131

 

8

 

d

 

6

 

 

145

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

1,250

 

46

 

b, c, d

 

(70

)

 

1,226

 

Provisions

 

1,823

 

48

 

a, v

 

(24

)

 

1,847

 

Bonds, notes and subordinated debt

 

39,238

 

3,533

 

c

 

(1,281

)

 

41,490

 

Other debt issues

 

1,559

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,559

 

Defined benefit pension scheme liabilities

 

 

1,279

 

a

 

(301

)

 

978

 

Other liabilities

 

12,867

 

(175

)

c, d, v

 

66

 

(1,688

)

11,070

 

Total liabilities

 

384,225

 

6,918

 

 

 

(99

)

 

391,044

 

Net assets

 

34,280

 

(2,676

)

 

 

(50

)

 

31,554

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contributed equity

 

11,486

 

(645

)

i

 

14

 

 

10,855

 

Reserves

 

667

 

(18

)

a, e, g, j

 

165

 

 

814

 

Retained profits

 

15,903

 

(2,013

)

 

 

(229

)

 

13,661

 

Total equity (parent entity interest)

 

28,056

 

(2,676

)

 

 

(50

)

 

25,330

 

Minority interest in controlled entities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Life insurance business

 

6,224

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,224

 

Total equity

 

34,280

 

(2,676

)

 

 

(50

)

 

31,554

 

 

Certain previously disclosed AGAAP balances have been amended where it has been identified that trade date accounting has been incorrectly applied to repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements. The adjustments to the 30 September 2005 AGAAP balance sheet to correct the asset position are a $882 million decrease to “Trading securities”, and a $201 million increase to “Other assets”.  The adjustments to the liability position are a $201 million increase to “Other financial liabilities at fair value” and a $882 million decrease to “Other liabilities”.

 

39



 

RECONCILIATION OF TOTAL EQUITY AS AT 30 SEPTEMBER 2005

 

 

 

$m

 

Total equity as reported as at 30 September 2005

 

34,280

 

 

 

 

 

Total adjustments to equity as at 1 October 2004

 

(2,676

)

 

 

 

 

AIFRS adjustments to net profit for the year ended 30 September 2005

 

(140

)

 

 

 

 

AIFRS adjustments to equity for the year ended 30 September 2005

 

 

 

Impacts on retained earnings

 

 

 

Actuarial movements on defined benefit pension plans

 

(68

)

Derecognition of dividend income and realised gains/losses on treasury shares

 

10

 

Transfer from asset revaluation reserve

 

31

 

Transfer to foreign currency translation reserve

 

(62

)

 

 

 

 

Impacts on contributed equity

 

 

 

Recognition of share-based payments

 

21

 

Derecognition of treasury shares

 

(7

)

 

 

 

 

Impacts on reserves

 

 

 

Adjustment to executive share option reserve

 

76

 

Adjustment to foreign currency translation reserve

 

124

 

Adjustment to asset revaluation reserve

 

(35

)

Total adjustments to equity for the year ended 30 September 2005

 

(50

)

Total equity measured under AIFRS as at 30 September 2005

 

31,554

 

 

40



 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET RECONCILIATION - 1 OCTOBER 2005

 

 

 

AIFRS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AIFRS

 

 

 

30 Sep 2005

 

Ref

 

Transition

 

Ref

 

Reclassification

 

1 Oct 2005

 

 

 

$m

 

 

 

$m

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and liquid assets

 

8,441

 

 

 

 

ix

 

(560

)

7,881

 

Due from other banks

 

15,595

 

 

 

 

ix

 

(12

)

15,583

 

Trading derivatives

 

13,959

 

k(i)

 

330

 

l

 

(35

)

14,254

 

Trading securities

 

15,154

 

 

 

5

 

x, xi

 

(5,512

)

9,647

 

Other financial assets at fair value

 

 

k(v)

 

477

 

ix, l

 

18,463

 

18,940

 

Hedging derivatives

 

 

k(ii)(iv)

 

292

 

xiv

 

353

 

645

 

Investments - available for sale

 

3,860

 

 

 

 

xi

 

45

 

3,905

 

Investments - held to maturity

 

7,466

 

 

 

 

ix, xi

 

(4,389

)

3,077

 

Investments relating to life insurance business

 

49,783

 

q, u

 

9

 

 

 

 

49,792

 

Loans and advances

 

264,674

 

k(iii), l, m

 

(44

)

ix

 

(14,434

)

250,196

 

Due from customers on acceptances

 

27,627

 

m, t

 

(293

)

x

 

6,433

 

33,767

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

3,829

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,829

 

Investments in associates and joint ventures

 

16

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16

 

Goodwill and other intangible assets

 

5,458

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,458

 

Deferred tax assets

 

1,734

 

s

 

173

 

 

 

 

1,907

 

Other assets

 

5,002

 

k(i)(ii)

 

(150

)

xiv

 

79

 

4,931

 

Total assets

 

422,598

 

 

 

799

 

 

 

431

 

423,828

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due to other banks

 

36,322

 

 

 

 

xii

 

(418

)

35,904

 

Trading derivatives

 

12,613

 

k(i)

 

474

 

 

 

 

13,087

 

Other financial liabilities at fair value

 

1,487

 

k(v), n

 

311

 

xii

 

9,295

 

11,093

 

Hedging derivatives

 

 

k(ii)(iv)

 

(25

)

xiii

 

2,938

 

2,913

 

Deposits and other borrowings

 

212,557

 

p

 

54

 

xii

 

(8,347

)

204,264

 

Liability on acceptances

 

27,627

 

t

 

(202

)

 

 

 

27,425

 

Life insurance policy liabilities

 

42,123

 

q

 

378

 

xv

 

431

 

42,932

 

Current taxes

 

145

 

s

 

(1

)

 

 

 

144

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

1,226

 

s

 

150

 

 

 

 

1,376

 

Provisions

 

1,847

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,847

 

Bonds, notes and subordinated debt

 

41,490

 

k(iii)

 

235

 

xii

 

(530

)

41,195

 

Other debt issues

 

1,559

 

o

 

879

 

 

 

 

2,438

 

Defined benefit pension scheme liabilities

 

978

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

978

 

Managed fund units on issue

 

 

 

 

 

xiii

 

6,224

 

6,224

 

Other liabilities

 

11,070

 

k(i), p

 

(145

)

xiv

 

(2,938

)

7,987

 

Total liabilities

 

391,044

 

 

 

2,108

 

 

 

6,655

 

399,807

 

Net assets

 

31,554

 

 

 

(1,309

)

 

 

(6,224

)

24,021

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contributed equity

 

10,855

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,855

 

Reserves

 

814

 

k(iv), u

 

(420

)

 

 

 

394

 

Retained profits

 

13,661

 

 

 

(889

)

 

 

 

12,772

 

Total equity (parent entity interest)

 

25,330

 

 

 

(1,309

)

 

 

 

24,021

 

Minority interest in controlled entities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Life insurance business

 

6,224

 

 

 

 

xiii

 

(6,224

)

 

Total equity

 

31,554

 

 

 

(1,309

)

 

 

(6,224

)

24,021

 

 

41



 

RECONCILIATION OF TOTAL EQUITY AS AT 1 OCTOBER 2005

 

 

 

Ref

 

$m

 

Total equity as measured under AIFRS as at 30 September 2005

 

 

 

31,554

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AIFRS 1 October 2005 adjustments to total equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impacts on retained profits

 

 

 

 

 

Recognition of non-hedging derivatives

 

(k)(i)

 

(111

)

Recognition of fair value hedging derivatives

 

(k)(ii)

 

312

 

Fair value hedge adjustment to underlying hedged items

 

(k)(iii)

 

(353

)

Adjustment to assets and liabilities recorded at “fair value through profit and loss”

 

(k)(v)

 

180

 

Loan loss provisioning

 

(l)

 

384

 

Revenue recognition – effective yield

 

(m)

 

(401

)

Valuation of financial instruments at bid and offer price

 

(n)

 

(16

)

Revaluation of Exchangeable capital units

 

(o)

 

(879

)

Re-recognition of customer-related financial liabilities

 

(p)

 

(76

)

Derecognition of deferred acquisition costs – life insurance entities

 

(q)

 

(384

)

Adjustment to policyholder liabilities due to changes in discount rates

 

(q)

 

17

 

Remeasurement of statutory fund profit

 

(u)

 

417

 

Tax effect of above transitional adjustments

 

(s)

 

21

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impact on reserves

 

 

 

 

 

Recognition of cash flow hedging derivatives within cash flow hedge reserve
(gross amount is $6 million)

 

(k)(iv)

 

(3

)

Remeasurement of statutory fund profit

 

u

 

(417

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impact on minority interest

 

 

 

 

 

Reclassification of minority interest to liabilities

 

(r), xii

 

(6,224

)

Total adjustments to equity as at 1 October 2005

 

 

 

(7,533

)

Total equity measured under AIFRS as at 1 October 2005

 

 

 

24,021

 

 

42



 

SIGNATURE PAGE

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorised.

 

 

 

NATIONAL AUSTRALIA BANK LIMITED

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature:

 /s/ Brendan T Case

 

Date: Ÿ5 May 2006

Name: Brendan T Case

 

Title: Associate Company Secretary